BR112021001036A2 - mobile terminal and cellular network with photonic antennas and pseudo satellites to increase transfer speed and reduce the risk of brain diseases and electromagnetic pollution rf - Google Patents

Abstract

MOBILE TERMINAL AND CELL NETWORK WITH PHOTONIC ANTENNA AND PSEUDO-SATELLITE TO INCREASE THE SPEED OF TRANSFER AND REDUCE THE RISK OF BRAIN DISEASES AND RF ELECTROMAGNETIC POLLUTION. Hybrid RF-Optical terminal, such as a smartphone or the like, comprising several optoelectronic or photonic antennas with selective optical filters connected by optical fibers to photo-emitters and photodetectors, including headlamps for signaling transmission-reception directions and wavelengths in use , and headlight detectors. These antennas form, along the edges of the box, an adaptive matrix in positions, transmit-receive directions and wavelengths (APDLO). A Photonic Communications System for wireless optical connection of an RF cellular network to the Terminal in almost any position via very high speed optical fiber: - It works without power supply or cable; - Communicates with said cellular network by parallel optical beam lines (FROP); - It communicates with the said Terminal via LineOf-Sight (LOS), through Pseudo-Satellites-hotonics, forming adaptive APDLO enveloping optical cells without interference with passage/diversification paths for other FROPs. Adapters. Photonic repeaters. Protocols. Manufacturing processes.

Description

1. MOBILE TERMINAL AND CELLULAR NETWORK WITH PHOTONIC ANTENNA AND PSEUDO-SATELLITE TO INCREASE THE

TRANSFER SPEED AND REDUCE THE RISK OF BRAIN DISEASES AND ELECTROMAGNETIC POLLUTION RF

2. DESCRIPTION

3. The description is organized as follows:

4. I-Technical field of the invention: Page 4 to 5

5. II-State of technology and assessments: Page 6 to 13

6. III-Presentation of the invention: Page 13 to 21

7. IV-Benefits of the invention: Page 21 to 25

8. V-Brief description of the figures: Page 25 to 31

9. VI-Manner to carry out the invention: Page 31 to 144

10. VII-Reminders of important definitions, terminology and notations relating to the description and claims: Page 145 to 151

11. Plural forms of certain terms include singular forms, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Furthermore, the term "composed of" means "includes" and vice versa.

12. The terms "wavelength in use" and "wavelength in use" are equivalent. • term “Electronic Communications Network” includes the term “Telecommunications Network”.

13. According to ITU-T Recommendation K.61/Radio, the term “Radio frequency”, abbreviated as “RF”, refers to electromagnetic waves with a frequency between 9kHz and 300GHz.

14. The systems, apparatus and processes described in this invention are not to be construed as limiting in any way. Rather, the present invention concerns all new and non-obvious features and aspects of the various described embodiments, alone and in various combinations and sub-combinations between them. The systems, processes and apparatus described are not limited to any specific aspect or feature or combinations thereof, and the systems, processes and apparatus described do not require that one or more specific advantages be present or that the problems be resolved.

15. Although some of the disclosed processes are described in a particular sequential order for ease of presentation, it is to be understood that this form of description includes a reorganization. For example, the processes described sequentially can, in some cases, be rearranged or run concurrently.

16. The theories of operation, scientific principles, or other theoretical descriptions presented herein with reference to the devices or processes in this description are provided for the purpose of better understanding and are not intended to be limiting. The apparatus and processes in the claims are not limited to apparatus and processes which function as described by these theories of operation.

17. All drawings are given as examples only and the relationships between lengths, distances and angles are made so that the drawings are intelligible to the reader. In other words, to carry out the invention it is not necessary to respect the shapes of the drawings and the proportions between the different elements that compose them. On the other hand, all these drawings show only a few of the various ways in which the systems, processes and apparatus described can be realized or used in conjunction with other systems, processes and apparatus.

18. Closed or semi-enclosed environments considered stationary include buildings in the broadest sense of the term, such as collective or residential office buildings, individual houses, shops, hospitals, airports, bus or train stations, metro stations and corridors, bus stops and other open-air venues for the public. Closed or semi-enclosed environments considered mobile include private cars and public transport vehicles in the broadest sense of the term, such as trains, planes, boats, subways, buses, taxis and other means of transport.

19. IMPORTANT NOTES on the numbers FIG.145 to FIG.211 and FIG.214 to FIG.243:

20. 1°) By convention (FIG.145 to FIG.211):

21. - The labels denoting the FROP bundles are of the form «ZZ41Xij» or «ZZ42Xij»; to the ICFO interface of the OPFIBRE-LAN LAN» ; code «42» means that the FROP beam is emitted by the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter and destined for the pseudo-photonic satellite «PSAT-Xij»; «X» belongs to the set {«A», «B», «C», «D»}; «i» and «j» respectively designate the column number and the row number of the cell «Cellij»; "ZZ" designates the figure number;

- Labels designating CONSOP optical converters installed on a pseudo-photonic satellite «PSAT-Xij» are of the form «ZZ51Xij»; code “51” means it is a converter from a near point source to an emerging FROP beam. - Labels designating CONFROP optical converters installed on a pseudo-photonic pseudo-satellite «PSAT-Xij» are of the form «ZZ52Xij»; code «52» means that it is an incident FROP beam converter, with a source close to the point to be broadcast by the pseudo-satellite «PSAT-Xij». - Labels designating CONSOP optical converters installed on an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter are of the form «ZZ61Xij»; code «61» means that the converter is dedicated to the pseudo-satellite «PSAT-Xij», to send to the latter a FROP beam resulting from the conversion of a quasi-point radiation source. - Labels designating CONFROP optical converters installed on an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter are of the form «ZZ62Xij»; the code “62” means that the converter is dedicated to the pseudo-photonic satellite “PAST-Xij” to receive the FROP beam sent by the latter, to convert it into an almost punctual radiation source to be routed to the ICFO interface of the local network OPFIBER-LAN». - The labels designating the FROP beam deflectors installed in the conduit «PNIVk-CFO1» of the pseudo-satellite «PSAT-Xij» are of the form «ZZ71Xij-PNIVk». - The labels denoting the FROP beam deflectors installed in the conduit «PNIVk-CFO2» of the pseudo-satellite «PSAT-Xij» are of the form «ZZ72Xij-PNIVk». - The labels denoting the FROP beam deflectors installed in the conduit «PNIVk-CFO3» of the pseudo-satellite «PSAT-Xij» are of the form «ZZ73Xij-PNIVk». - The labels denoting the FROP beam deflectors installed in the conduit «PNIVk-CFO4» of the pseudo-satellite «PSAT-Xij» are of the form «ZZ74Xij-PNIVk».

22. 2°) The indices (FIG.214 to FIG.243) of the form «i(k)» are the images in the mathematical sense of the term of a bijection «i»; it is recommended to start by reading part VI.F, entitled “Theory of the method of assigning wavelengths to pseudo-satellites of a SICOSF system & application examples”.

I- TECHNICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION

23. The present invention relates generally to the field of Electronic Communications Networks (ECN), as defined below, and electronic equipment for information processing, communications, visualization, audiovisual recordings, as well as associated peripheral equipment and accessories. These Electronic Communications Networks are more particularly, but not exclusively, related to wide area cellular networks, wireless optical local area networks (OSF) and others. Said electronic devices relate more particularly, but not exclusively, to fixed, portable or mobile devices and in particular to servers, workstations, desktop computers, laptop computers, electronic books, telephones for babies (i.e. listening to babies), cameras for babies, audiovisual devices, audio HIFI devices, multimedia devices and the terminals of the said Electronic Communications Networks, including mobile phones following the DECT® standard, simple mobile phones and so-called "smartphones" or "smartphones". Such peripheral devices include, but are not limited to, keyboards, mice, printers, external mass storage devices, wireless HI-FI speakers, and others. Such accessories include, but are not limited to, stereoscopic glasses with light shutters, virtual reality glasses with microdisplays, wireless headphones, connected objects and others.

24. It should be recalled that the name 'Réseau de Télécommunications' has become obsolete in France since 2013. It is replaced by the name 'Réseau de Communications Electroniques' which is more current, as shown below:

25. Telecommunications: (Source: International Radiotelegraphic Conference of 1947 in Atlantic City, USA): «Telecommunications means any transmission, emission of signals, signals, writing, images, sounds or intelligence of any kind by wire, radio, optical or other systems electromagnetic systems'.

26. Electronic communications (Source: Legifrance.gouv.fr 2013, Postal and Electronic Communications Code, Article L32) : Electronic communications means the emission, transmission or reception of signals, signals, writing, images or sounds, by electromagnetic means.

27. Electronic communications network (Source: Legifrance.gouv.fr 2013, Postal and Electronic Communications Code, Article L32) : An electronic communications network is defined as any installation or set of installations for transmission or broadcasting, as well as, when appropriate, other means to ensure the routing of electronic communications, in particular switching and routing. Electronic communications networks are considered, in particular: satellite networks, terrestrial networks, systems that use the electrical network insofar as they are used for the transport of electronic communications and networks that provide broadcasting or are used for the distribution of communications services audiovisual.

28. Terminal equipment (Source: Legifrance.gouv.fr 2013, Code des postes et des communications électroniques, Article L32) : Terminal equipment is defined as any equipment intended to be connected directly or indirectly to a network terminal point for transmission , processing or receiving information. It does not include equipment that exclusively allows access to radio and television services.

29. The consequences for the present invention of the aforementioned official definitions are the following: - a) The term «Mobile Terminal» and its plural include the term «Mobile Telephone» and its plural. - b) The term «Portable Terminal» and its plural include the term «Mobile Phone» and its plural.

30. Furthermore, as the designations "Mobile" and "Portable" are often confused, for the present invention, their definitions are as follows: - a) The term "Mobile", next to the term "Terminal", means that it is a portable device, that is, an object designed to be easily carried with the person (Cf. Dictionary Larousse), which a user can use while moving within a pre-determined Wide Geographic Zone (ZE), which can be one or more cities, one or more countries, one or more continents, as is currently the case with the so-called “smart” terminals, in other words, “smartphones” or other cellular devices. - b) The term "Portable" appended to the term "Terminal" means a portable device that a user may use on the move but within a Restricted Local Area (RLA) such as the interior of a building for professional or residential or other use. , such as wireless mobile phones that follow the DECT® standard or similar.

31. Thus, for the purposes of the present invention, a mobile terminal is a portable terminal, but not the other way around.

33. II-STATUS OF TECHNOLOGY AND EVALUATIONS

34. II.A - State of the art in wireless optical communications - Assessments

35. Due to the many advantages of OSF communication over RF communication, numerous inventions and publications related to IR communication as an alternative to RF communication in buildings have emerged in recent years.

36. These benefits include, but are not limited to: - a) a very high throughput compared to RF communications; - b) an extremely high level of confidentiality; - c) implementation without authorization; - d) as an icing on the cake, no risk of brain disease or other diseases inherent in RF signals from RF mobile phones (for more details on these risks of public health problems, see Part II.B).

37. In patent US4456793 entitled "Cordless Telephone System", Baker et al. disclose an IR wireless telephone system based on direct vision propagation, that is, Line Of Sight (LOS), between fixed telephones or portable terminals and a set of omnidirectional hemispherical satellites installed in ceilings.

38. An analysis of the invention US4456793 shows that:- a) Each satellite is connected to a central system through cable subsystems installed under the roof. This means that the implementation of such a system requires extensive work to run said cables under all the ceilings of an office or residential building and then restore said ceilings, among other things, having to repaint the areas in question. It goes without saying that to carry out such installations in a building, an authorization from the owner of the building is required. This authorization can generally only be obtained under certain conditions, namely the de-installation of the system and the restoration of the premises at the end of the lease agreement; this results in the loss of one of the main benefits that lead a natural person or company to opt for a wireless communication system, namely a wireless communication means that can be deployed without the need for any authorization; - b) each communication cell is composed of a satellite or group of satellites and the limit of said cell is predetermined by the coverage radius of said satellite or group of satellites and, therefore, the communication directions are oriented from within to outside said cell or group of cells; as a consequence, two adjacent cells forcefully overlap at their common boundary, resulting in interferences and, therefore, additional latency times for their resolution by the method used by the inventors, namely the method known as the «Zero Crossing Technique»; - c) at the level of each cell, communication with mobile phones located in the latter is carried out by time multiplexing (i).e. Time Division Multiplexing) and therefore in the presence of other similar terminals in the same cell, the rate will become relatively low for transferring large files and in particular multimedia files; - d) transducers for transmitting and receiving optical signals are placed on top of the mobile phone or terminal on a hemispherical surface, so as to make them multidirectional; d) transducers for transmitting and receiving optical signals are placed on top of the mobile phone or terminal on a hemispherical surface, so as to make them multidirectional; as a consequence, this makes them relatively bulky or even heavy; furthermore, multidirectional transmission without being able to select the direction of communications can, on the one hand, prove harmful to the cell phone's battery life and, on the other hand, cause interference with similar devices located nearby, whose processing would induce latency times; - e) the entire system cannot discern multiple wavelengths and therefore does not allow for spectral multiplexing, including adaptive wavelength division multiplexing, and adaptive wavelength hopping for optical spectrum propagation; - f) inside a cell, the user's degree of freedom of movement is small compared to that of a portable RF communication terminal, because the user must ensure that his head and body are in a position such that said transducers of the telephone or portable terminal are 'visible' to the satellite or group of satellites in the cell in which they are located; - g) in case of optical radiation obstruction, an ongoing communication is naturally interrupted because the system does not have a backup RF communications system; - h) when the phone is in the user's pocket or in a briefcase, the latter becomes unreachable in case of a call.

39. In patent US4727600 entitled "Infrared Data Communication System", Avakian discloses a wireless IR data communication system based on the concept of infrared data repeaters which have hemispherical or spherical surfaces covered with numerous LEDs and/or photodiodes to interconnect various mobile or fixed devices, each of which has appropriate OSF means of communication and is located in defined areas of a building; some versions of these repeaters are designed to virtually traverse physical obstacles such as walls and other physical obstacles to IR radiation. The essence of this concept is to achieve angular and spatial diversity in transmission and reception.

40. An analysis of the invention US4727600 shows that: - a) Although said optoelectronic repeaters are not wired to a central system as in the case of patent US4456793, they nevertheless require power supplies to function; - b) the numerous LEDs and photodiodes lining the hemispherical or spherical surfaces are connected by electrical wires to their processing unit, which inevitably results in very low data rates compared to optical fibers, as these electrical wires can build low-pass filters for microwave signals; - c) in one of the versions of the portable terminal, the transmitting and receiving surfaces of the optoelectronic transducers are hemispherical, so as to be multidirectional and located on top of two bars that are fixed on top of the portable terminal to keep them away from the latter; as a result, this makes the portable terminal cumbersome; furthermore, multidirectional transmission without the possibility of selecting the direction of communications can, on the one hand, prove harmful to the battery life of the portable terminal and, on the other hand, cause optical interference; - d) in the other version of the portable terminal, the transmission surface and the receiving surface of the optoelectronic transducers are fixed to the upper part of the portable terminal; e) the entire system cannot discern multiple wavelengths and therefore does not allow for spectral multiplexing and, in particular, adaptive wavelength division multiplexing, as well as adaptive wavelength hopping for optical spectrum propagation , so that there is an increased risk of optical interference with similar mobile devices in the vicinity; - f) Repeaters are bulky, among others, due to the many discrete optoelectronic components that coat their hemispherical or spherical surfaces; - g) versions of these repeaters that are not intended to pass through obstacles to IR radiation are installed in the center of the coverage area on the ceiling or on a suitable support; this central placement means that within said coverage area the degrees of freedom of movement of the user of a portable terminal are relatively limited if the latter wishes to avoid optical obstructions, since he must ensure that his head and body are in a position such that the transducers of said terminal are "visible" by the repeater.

41. In patent US4775996 entitled "Hybrid Telephony Communication System", Emerson et al. reveal a wireless telephone system that is safe from interception, whose operating principle is that communication from base station to cell phone is via optical IR signals, while communication from cell phone to base station is via signals RF.

42. An analysis of patent US4775996 shows that: - a) Unlike patents US4456793 and US4727600, although using optical IR radiation, patent US4775996 exposes the user to the long and medium term risks of brain diseases and other inherent health problems, of which RF signals are strongly suspected, for more details on health problems see Part II.B; in fact, the cell phone according to Emerson et al. emits RF signals to connect to your base. In order to reduce the thermal effects of these RF signals on the user's body, a modification must be made to transpose the signals of the invention by Emerson et al, so that, on the one hand, the communication from the base to the mobile phone is via RF and, on the other hand, the communication from the mobile phone to the base is via IR optics; - b) the mobile phone user's degree of freedom of movement is relatively limited if he wants to avoid obstructions, as he must ensure that his head and body are in a position such that the mobile phone transducers are "visible" directly by the base, or indirectly after reflections on the walls (which in itself can create other problems).

43. In patent US5596648 entitled "Infrared Audio Transmitter System", Fast discloses an IR wireless audio transmitter made multidirectional by placing several LEDs distributed on the side surface of a cylinder and on top.

44. Between 1996 and 2005, JVC introduced a set of devices for infrared wireless LAN called VIPSLAN (sources: PC Magazine-10.09.1996, Network World-12.02.1996 and manufacturer's catalogue), which allows you to perform a LAN per LOS direct view propagation type OSF, with a data rate ranging from 10Mbit/s for VIPSLAN-10 to 100Mbit/s for VIPSLAN-100; VIPSLAN products are motorized, so they need, among other things, electrical power. Another OSF infrared bonding product, called «Luciole» was also marketed by JVC; is intended for point-to-point transmission of high definition video signals from a source to a large-screen television set, with a data rate of 1.50Gbit/s and a range of 5m.

45. II.B - State of the art relating to means of protection against the risk of brain diseases and other public health problems related to RF electromagnetic emissions from portable or mobile terminals - Assessment

46. Portable terminals and RF mobile communications terminals are connected to the endpoints of their CER networks, called base stations, by RF electromagnetic radiation. The use of these frequencies is regulated and licensed, particularly for CER extended cellular networks for mobile terminals. However, there are frequency bands called ISM (Industrial, Scientific and Medical), which are free to use under certain conditions. In the current state of legislation, the central frequencies of the ISM bands are 2.4Ghz, 5Ghz, 5.8Ghz, 60Ghz and possibly other frequencies.

47. In the case of portable terminals, base stations are located close to users in a building used for commercial and/or residential purposes and are generally connected by cable to the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), commonly known as a fixed network, or to a public or private cable network. The coverage radius of these base stations is usually a few tens of meters or even a hundred meters.

48. In the case of mobile terminals, base stations are distributed over the entire geographic area covered by the CER cellular network within adjacent surface portions called cells. The dimensions of these cells are predetermined by the RF radiated power of the base station installed therein, so that when an appropriate mobile terminal is located in a certain cell, then it can access the CDN through the base station installed in that cell.

49. RF signals from mobile anterior artery devices are classified as possibly carcinogenic to humans, as stated in press release No. 208 of 31 May 2011 issued by the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) of the World Health Organization (WHO): “The WHO/International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) has classified the radiofrequency electromagnetic field as possibly carcinogenic to humans (Group 2B) based on an increased risk of glioma, a malignant type of cancer, associated with the use of cordless phones”.

50. In addition, many scientists around the world have been actively working on this topic at an early stage, through numerous independent international working groups and international non-governmental organizations to study and highlight the potential morbid effects of RF signals. Most of this work strongly suspects or concludes that RF signals from mobile anterior artery terminals are genotoxic in the medium to long term, depending on the user's accumulated duration of exposure.

51. Furthermore, in order to protect against the risks of public health problems that can be induced by RF signals from prior technology mobile or portable terminals, numerous patent applications have been filed to protect users.

52. In DE4310230 entitled "Portable subscriber radiotelephone terminal has separate power and function modules, each with its own transceiver", BOEHM MANFRED DR discloses a portable telephone in two separate parts, which are connected to each other by wireless RF media. According to this invention, one of the two parts serves as a telephone set while the other part serves as a relay to communicate with the cellular network; the power of the communication signals between the two parts being small compared to the power of the communication signals between the part serving as a relay and said cellular network. This method, which is attractive in itself because it substantially reduces the thermal effects of RF signals on the user's body by moving the RF connecting means with the cellular network away from the user's body, has been adopted with various improvements and applications in numerous publications and patent applications.

53. Patent DE4310230 only addresses the thermal effects of RF signals, that is, the power of the Poynting vector of the electromagnetic field of RF signals, from which an indicator is derived to assess the level of exposure of the user's body tissues to RF radiation. This indicator is commonly known as the 'Specific Absorption Rate (SAR)' or the 'Debit d'Absorption Spécifique (DAS)'.

54. A review of patent DE4310230 shows that:

55. Does not take into account the genotoxicity risks that are strongly suspected for medium or long term RF signals;

56. It associates to each mobile or portable RF communication terminal two additional sources of RF signals, that is, those intended for communication between the two parts of the telephone, thus inevitably contributing to a substantial increase in electromagnetic pollution in buildings. In fact, if every mobile or portable phone in use around the world, estimated at several billion units, had two additional sources of RF signals, this would constitute more billions of RF radiation sources, in addition to the billions of additional radiation sources RF created by other connected objects, including mice, keyboards, speakers, and the like.

57. In publication WO0056051 entitled "Cellular Telephone with reduced Radiation Exposure", Flamant et al. reveal a mobile phone in two detachable parts, which are linked together via wireless communication means, by the OSF. According to this invention, one of the two parts serves as a telephone set while the other serves as a relay to communicate via RF with the cellular network. This approach has the advantage of not creating two additional RF signal sources.

58. An analysis of publication WO0056051 shows that: - a) It does not take into account the risks of genotoxicity of RF signals in the body because, like the other patents mentioned above, communications with the cellular network are carried out solely by RF signals; - b) The OSF communications transducers are omnidirectional and are placed on top of a telescopic rod that is connected to the part used as a telephone apparatus; b) the OSF communications transducers are omnidirectional and placed on top of a telescopic rod that is fixed to the part used as apparatus; as a result, this makes the cell phone heavy when in use; furthermore, a multidirectional transmission without the possibility to select the communications direction can, on the one hand, be harmful to the battery life of the portable terminal and, on the other hand, cause interference with other similar phones; - c) OSF media cannot discern multiple wavelengths and therefore does not allow for spectral multiplexing and, in particular, adaptive wavelength division multiplexing and adaptive wavelength hopping for propagation of the optical spectrum, therefore there is a risk of optical interference with similar phones in the vicinity; - d) The degree of freedom of movement of the telephone user is relatively limited if the telephone user wants to avoid obstructions, as the user must ensure that the head and body are in a position such that the transducers of the two parts of the mobile cell phones are 'visible' to each other.

59. In the publication EP1331691 entitled "Mobile terminal with earthed radiation shielding structure", Schweikle Andreas discloses a mobile phone that protects the user from RF signals through a structure that acts as an electrically conductive barrier.

60. II.C - State of the art in remote monitoring devices for babies - Assessments

61. Remote baby monitoring devices, commonly known as 'baby phones' or 'baby monitors', expose babies to their RF signals at all times; however, babies, who are developing beings, have very fragile bodies and skulls, so RF signals penetrate them more deeply than those of an adult.

62. II.D - State of the art of cellular mobile telephony networks - Assessments

63. Surveys carried out by consumer associations and specialized consumer magazines show that users of mobile cellular networks (3G or 4G or others) are generally dissatisfied with the quality of their services. The main causes of this dissatisfaction include connection problems, lack of coverage, and especially very low speeds compared to the speeds advertised by operators at the time of subscription, as well as numerous other incriminations. Faced with this type of situation, operators are generally reassuring and conciliatory, stressing that problems are occasional, but criticism does not diminish. In reality, these problems have very deep technical origins, because the quality of service of a cellular mobile telephony network depends, among other things, on its transmission capacity; and the transmission capacity at a given time « T » is inversely proportional to the number of connected users, that is, the greater the number of connected users, the smaller the transmission capacity, because the transmission capacity is shared by all users connected in the moment « T ».

64. III- PRESENTATION OF THE INVENTION

65. The present invention consists mainly of an electronic communications system composed of several elements, namely: - a) mobile cellular terminals for RF-Optical hybrid communications (ie RF-Optical) (a) mobile cellular terminals for RF-hybrid communications Optics (ie, both RF and Optics) and other electronic devices, with optoelectronic or photonic antennas adaptable in position, transmit-receive direction, and wavelength (APDLO); - b) an extended network of electronic communications between RF cell, optical and RF-Optic hybrid networks, comprising one or more Wireless Optical Communications Intermediation Systems (SICOSF), allowing their connection via OSF, at very high speeds, such as fiber optics, to said mobile terminals and other electronic devices, in almost all positions of the latter; as we will see later on, a SICOSF system does not have electronic or optoelectronic components, nor electrical or optical connection cables, and is constituted by a network of surrounding optical cells adaptable in position, transmission-reception directions and wavelengths (COE-APDLO ) which allow its connection, on the one hand, to the internet of which it forms part by parallel optical beam lines (FROP) and, on the other hand, to mobile terminals and other electronic devices by OSF of the line-of-sight propagation type, also known as Line-Of-Sight (LOS) ; - c) FROP beam communication adapters; - d) photonic interconnection ports without electronic or optoelectronic components, making it possible to connect several SICOSF systems together; - e) means for switching the connections; - f) means of supervision of the entire referred electronic communications system; - g) OSF communication protocols of the LOS direct view propagation type; - h) methods of assigning wavelengths to pseudo-satellites of a SICOSF system and to photonic antennas of mobile terminals and other electronic devices, making it possible to eliminate the risks of optical interference and to spread the optical transmission-reception spectrum through a jump wavelength adaptive.

66. Cellular mobile terminals for RF-Optical hybrid communications (FIG.19-FIG.22, FIG.30) and other electronic devices (FIG.23-FIG.29) each have multiple arrays (FIG.11-FIG. 14, FIG.17- FIG.18) of wireless optical signal transceiver devices (ERSOSF), which are distributed along several edges of the box (FIG.19- FIG.30). Each ERSOSF device has a transmit module (FIG.6-FIG.10) and a receive module (FIG.1-FIG.5) that are connected to each other. All said ERSOSF device groups are equivalent or even identical; each group is delimited at its two ends by two beacons, each intended for signaling the transmission-reception directions and for signaling the wavelengths in use (BSDLO), that is, in services; these two beacons are identical (11BSDLO1, 11BSDLO2, 13BSDLO1, 13BSDLO2, 17BSDLO1, 17BSDLO2, 18BSDLO1, 18BSDLO2). Each group is also delimited at both ends by two headlamp detectors (DTR-BSDLO) adjacent to the two BSDLO headlamps, each intended to identify the BSDLO headlamps which are installed in other mobile terminals and other electronic devices operating in the vicinity; these two headlamp detectors are identical (11DTR-BSDLO1, 11DTR-BSDLO2, 13DTR-BSDLO1, 13DTR-BSDLO2, 17DTR-BSDLO1, 17DTR-BSDLO2, 18DTR-BSDL1, 18DTR-BSDLO2). Each of said ERSOSF devices is referred to as an "ERSOSF Antenna", and has a plurality of transmit directions (8DIR1 to 8DIR3, 9DIR1 to 9DIR3, 17DIR1 to 17DIR5, 18DIR1 to 18DIR7) and receive directions (3DIR1 to 3DIR3, 4DIR1 to 4DIR3, 17DIR1 to 17DIR5, 18DIR1 to 18DIR7) and a specific transmit-receive wavelength. Each of these clusters is referred to as an "ERSOSF antenna array", and the number of its distinct transmit-receive wavelengths is equal to the number of ERSOSF antennas that compose it (11Matrix-ER,

12Matrix-ER, 13Matrix-ER-Part1, 13Matrix-ER-Part2, 14Matrix-ER-Part1, 14Matrix-ER-Part2, 17Matrix-ER, 18Matrix-ER). All said ERSOSF antennas form an array called "ERSOSF Antenna Array", which is adaptable in position, transmit-receive direction, and wavelength (APDLO), in order to give users great freedom of movement; this freedom of movement is close to that of the latest generation RF mobile communication terminals, except in some special cases, such as when the mobile terminal is in a pocket or bag or in a similar situation of optical obstruction; in all these types of cases, said terminal can be activated automatically via the local RF communications reserve network, which operates only on demand, as described below under point d) relating to the extended interconnected network. The ERSOSF adaptive APDLO antenna also allows to substantially reduce the interference inherent to the multidirectional transmission/reception by OSF of the prior art, as well as the energy consumption; it also prevents the risks of brain diseases and other health problems linked to RF signals, which are alarmed by the World Health Organization (WHO/IRC press release No. 208 of 31.05.2011) as well as by numerous scientists in numerous publications specialists, in the press and the media.

67. In order to make APDLO adaptable, the ERSOSF antenna array of each of these terminals and other electronic devices is equipped with periodic search means for identification and automatic storage in a dedicated RAM memory of two three-integer ports '( i, j, k)". Except in some special cases, this triplet allows the set of ERSOSF antennas of a mobile terminal or other electronic device to establish at any time « T » an optimized OSF connection of the LOS direct vision propagation type with a widened internet comprising a SICOSF system as described below in paragraph c) relating to the extended internet, or with another mobile terminal or other electronic device with a set of ERSOSF antennas, depending on the position of the user and taking into account the presence of similar devices in the vicinity; «i» is an integer that designates the number of an edge of the box delimited by a set of ERSOSF antennas; «j» is an integer designating the number of an ERSOSF antenna belonging to the said set of ERSOSF antennas running along the edge whose number is equal to «i»; it should be noted that choosing 'j' is implicitly equivalent to choosing a wavelength; "k" is an integer designating the number of the transmit-receive direction of said set of ERSOSF antennas along the edge whose number is equal to "i"; "k" also designates the number of the transmit-receive direction of the ERSOSF antenna whose number is "j" and which belongs to the said set of ERSOSF antennas along the edge whose number is equal to "i". By convention, it is accepted that if at an instant «T» «i» = 0", this means that at this instant «T» there is no possibility of an OSF-optimized connection with said local network or with said other electronic device; this situation is signaled to the user by an audible and/or light signal and/or by text, so that the latter can change his position; in case this anomaly persists beyond a certain predefined time interval, then said periodic search means can automatically put into service a reserve RF local communication network.

68. Periodic identification of the triplets «(i, j, k)» is carried out by algorithms based on signals supplied by the BSDLO beacons and/or by detectors of DTR-BSDLO beacons adjacent to them; the list of wavelengths in use, which is also provided by said signals, makes it possible to establish, by means of set subtractions, the list of wavelengths available in the instantaneous "T"; hence the possibility of performing adaptive wavelength multiplexing, and a dispersion of the transmit-receive optical spectrum through adaptive wavelength hopping. Let us remember that periodic search means for automatic identification and storage allow each of the aforementioned mobile terminals and other electronic devices to periodically renew its triplet « (i, j, k) ». • search period for the periodic identification of elements «i» and «k» of the triplet «(i, j, k)» can be selected, depending on the context, manually by the user from a pre-recorded list; in the case of mobile terminals, this pre-recorded list can be established taking into account the fact that the maximum walking speed of a man on an athletic walk is equal to 3.75m/s, the maximum walking speed of a running man is equal to 12.4222m/s, that is, 100m world record and the maximum speed of a cyclist is of 25m/s, that is, world track record; the search period can also be automatically determined from one or more signals provided by the built-in accelerometers to calculate the average speed of the user's movements. The survey period for periodic identification of the wavelengths in use can be determined automatically from a combination of one or more signals provided by the BSDLO headlamps, with one or more signals provided by the built-in accelerometers.

69. As a consequence, when two electronic devices, each with an adaptive optoelectronic APDLO or photonic antenna array, want to communicate with each other by OSF direct vision LOS propagation type without optical interference, all they need to do is read periodically its dedicated double-port RAM memory, in order to obtain the triplet «(i,j,k)» which constitutes, in fact, for each of the devices, the «coordinates» of the photo-emitter, the photodetector and the wavelength to be used at instant 'T' in order to establish an optimal connection between them. This is how OSF-type direct vision propagation LOS communications become practically insensitive to user movements and the relative positions of said mobile terminals or other electronic devices to each other, hence the great freedom of movement and many other advantages.

70. An ERSOSF antenna has three main variants, two of which are photonic variants and the third is an optoelectronic variant. Both photonic variants allow extremely high theoretical data transfer rates comparable to a wired end-to-end fiber optic link, while being a wireless communication system. For this reason, connections to mobile terminals with one of the photonic variants are referred to as "Fibre-To-The-Mobile-Chipset connections" or "FTTMC connections".

71. The extended inter-network of electronic communications with RF, Optical and RF-Optical Hybrid cells is called «IRECH-RF-OP Inter-network» and is achieved through the interconnection of several networks including at least the four networks and systems main following:

72. An RF cellular mobile telephone network, called "RTMOB-RF". The RTMOB-RF network is generally a prior art network which can be of the "2G", "3G", "4G" or "5G" type.

73. A local area network with one or more fiber optic communication interfaces (FOCI) called "OPFIBRE-LAN". The OPFIBRE-LAN network is generally a state-of-the-art Ethernet network. It should preferably be deployed in a closed or semi-enclosed, stationary or mobile environment.

74. A SICOSF system, intended to act as a communications intermediary between the inter-network IRECH-RF-OP and cellular mobile terminals for RF-Optic hybrid communications and other electronic devices with adaptive ERSOSF APDLO antenna, through the ICFO network interface OPFIBRE-LAN, to allow the exchange of signals via OSF. The SICOSF system is a wireless photonic communication system, without electronic or optoelectronic components.

75. A backup local network for RF communication called "BACKUP-RF-LAN", implemented in the environment of the OPFIBRE-LAN local network to compensate for possible obstructions in the OSF connections, and which can be turned on and off on request, per instructions sent by RF and/or by OSF.

• SICOSF system (FIG.145-FIG.243) consists of a set of several interdependent OSF communication devices, each called “Pseudo-photonic satellite” or “PSAT-Photonic” or “PSAT” (FIG.42-FIG. 47, FIG.50-FIG.55, FIG.58-FIG.63, FIG.71-FIG.76, FIG.79-FIG.84, FIG.87-FIG.92, FIG.96- FIG.101, FIG.104-FIG.109, FIG.112-FIG.117). This set forms a set, called the «Photonic Pseudo-satellite Array». The main features of the photonic pseudo-satellite array (FIG.145-FIG.243) are as follows:

76. Works without power supply or electrical or optical connection cable; and

77. Is arranged in one or more optical envelope cells (OOE) to substantially reduce the possibility of obstructing optical connections to said mobile terminals or other electronic devices with the ERSOSF adaptive APDLO antenna array; and

78. Works without interference between two pseudosatellites belonging to the same cell, and between adjacent cells; and

79. It is connected by parallel optical beam lines (FROP) to the RTMOB-RF cellular network through the local network OPFIBRE-LAN; and

80. It is connected by OSF, by direct vision propagation LOS, to said terminals and other electronic devices through the respective adaptive photonic antennas APDLO; and

81. It is adaptable in position, transmit-receive direction and wavelength (COE-APDLO), depending on the location and orientation of said terminals and other electronic devices within said optical cells; and

82. Allows to spread the optical transmit-receive spectrum through adaptive wavelength hopping.

• method for making the surrounding cells, belonging to a SICOSF system that is part of an adaptable COE-APDLO electronic communications extended network (FIG.214 to FIG.243), consists of: - a) considering the extended internet of electronic communications as being a virtual electronic apparatus with an array of ERSOSF antennas; - b) considering any enveloping optical cell «Cellij» to be a virtual ERSOSF antenna installed along the edge of the virtual box of a virtual electronic device; the four pseudo-satellites PSAT-Aij, PSAT-Bij, PSAT-Cij, PSAT-Dij that make up said cell are considered to be simply the four transmit-receive directions of said virtual ERSOSF antenna.

83. This transposition of optical envelope cells to virtual ERSOSF antennas simplifies periodic identification searches and periodic automatic storage in a dedicated RAM memory of two three-integer ports "(i, j, k)", using algorithms similar to those used for make APDLO, the ERSOSF antenna array of each of these terminals and other adaptable electronic devices. • FROP Beam Communications Adapter (FIG.127-FIG.132) is called "ADAPT-COMFROP" and is designed to adapt the connections between the OPFIBRE-LAN LAN and the SICOSF system, namely:

84. Convert the FROP beams emerging from the SICOSF system into quasi-point optical sources for transmission via optical fibers to the ICFO interface of the OPFIBRE-LAN local network; and

85. Convert the quasi-point radiation sources, received through optical fibers from the ICFO interface of the OPFIBRE-LAN local network, into FROP beams for transmission to the SICOSF system.

86. On the other hand, to optimize the deployment of a SICOSF system and to save space, the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter can be combined with one or more pseudo-photonic satellites to form a device that is both an adapter and a pseudo-photonic satellite , termed "COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT" (FIG.133 to FIG.138), or both an adapter and a cluster of two pseudo-satellites, referred to as "COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT" (FIG.139 to FIG. 144). • Photonic Interconnection Gateway (FIG.212-FIG.213) is called "PPI-REPEATER", and is intended to link two or more SICOSF systems to form a network called "SICOSF Gateway PPI-REPEATER System Network", a in order to allow mobile terminals and other electronic devices with ERSOSF antenna arrays that are located within said network of the SICOSF system to form, inter alia, a "Peer-to-Peer" communication network or an ad-hoc network; it should be noted that the PPI-REPEATER port works without a power supply, but if you want to use signals with a particularly low amplitude, an optical amplifier, type RAMAN, or with erbium-do-order fiber (EDFA), or semiconductor ( SAO), or parametric type, can be added to it if necessary.

87. The link switching means are intended to manage the intercellular transfers of mobile terminals or other electronic devices with a set of adaptive APDLO ERSOSF antennas; among other things, the switches are done in such a way that switching a current call from OSF to RF and vice versa is done automatically without interruption, if:

88. A terminal changes from an RF-Optical hybrid or optical cell to an RF cell and vice versa; or

89. Being located in a hybrid RF-Optical cell, such a terminal or other electronic device encounters difficulties in accessing an optical cell.

90. The means of supervision of the entire electronic communications system are intended, among others, for the establishment of calls by OSF and/or RF, and the allocation of wavelengths and RF frequencies for communications to mobile terminals and others electronic devices with the ERSOSF adaptive APDLO antenna array.

91. The communication protocols are intended, on the one hand, for OSF connections of the LOS direct vision propagation type between a SICOSF system network and mobile terminals and other electronic devices with a set of adaptive APDLO ERSOSF antennas, and on the other side, to the Peer-to-Peer links between the latter. • method of attributing wavelengths by the OPFIBRE-LAN local network to the photonic pseudosatellites of a system

SICOSF, as well as mobile terminals and other electronic devices with adaptive APDLO ERSOSF antenna located there, makes it possible to eliminate any risk of optical interference between these various devices when they are in communication with other devices through the IRECH-RF-OP internetwork.

92. IV-BENEFITS OF THE INVENTION

93. The main specific advantages of cellular mobile terminals for RF-Optic hybrid communications, APDLO adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antenna array (FIG.19-FIG.22) are, among others, the following

94. Outside a closed environment, stationary or mobile, they communicate by RF through the cellular cellular network, just like any RF mobile terminal of the prior art.

95. Within a closed, stationary or mobile environment:

96. They communicate via OSF of the type of propagation in direct view LOS with the cellular mobile telephony network, through the local network OPFIBRE-LAN with the SICOSF system. In contrast to prior art LOS direct view OSF media, the user's degree of freedom of movement is similar to that of prior art RF mobile communication terminals, thanks to the adaptive interaction of their APDLO adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antennas with the SICOSF system (FIG.214-FIG.243).

97. Due, among other things, to direct vision LOS propagation, the link rates are extremely high, comparable to an end-to-end wired fiber optic link, while being a wireless communication system; this is one of the reasons why the connections between RF-Optical hybrid communications mobile cellular terminals, with a set of adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antennas APDLO, and a local network OPFIBRE-LAN with a SICOSF system are called "Fibre-To-" connections The-Mobile-Chipset" or "FTTMC".

98. Communications are fully protected against interception and other malicious actions.

99. The risks of brain diseases and other diseases related to RF signals, as well as those associated with a strong suspicion of genotoxicity of RF signals in the body in the medium or long term, become nil.

100. The main specific advantages of other electronic devices with photons or adaptive optoelectronic antennas APDLO (FIG.23-FIG.29) are, among others, the following:

101. Protection of babies against RF signals, especially those from prior art remote monitoring devices, ie baby phone or baby camera.

102. In contrast to previous mobile terminals which, in order to use a large display, must be connected to it either by wire via a suitable external device or wirelessly via WiGig technology, a cellular mobile terminal (FIG.19-FIG. 22) and a large display (FIG.23-FIG.24).) with either a set of photonic or optoelectronic adaptive APDLO antennas, can communicate directly without any external connection device, and this terminal can even be used as a touch pad, that is, touch pad or track pad; thus, the risks related to RF electromagnetic pollution from WiGig technology, including the strong suspicion of organism genotoxicity in the medium or long term, are null.

103. Connecting a HI-FI system with HI-FI speakers (FIG.25- FIG.26).

104. Professional or semi-pro video camera, allowing wireless video acquisition and upload in 4K, 8K or more.

105. Connecting a workstation (FIG.27-FIG.29) or a living room PC with HI-FI speakers (FIG.25-FIG.26).

106. Wireless transmission and/or viewing of videos in 4K, 8K or more, in stereoscopic or auto-stereoscopic 3D.

107. Substantial contribution to indoor RF electromagnetic depollution.

108. Substantial contribution to the prevention of risks of public health problems associated with RF electromagnetic signals.

109. The main advantages of a state-of-the-art "2G", "3G", "4G" or "5G" cellular mobile telephony network to be integrated into the IRECH-RF-OP inter-network are, among others, the following

110. All RF-Optical Cell Cell Cell-Cell Hybrid Cell Terminals- Photonic or Optoelectronic Adaptive APDLO Optical Terminals

(APDLO), located in closed environments, communicate through OSF of the direct visualization propagation type LOS with the said latest generation cellular mobile telephony network through local networks OPFIBRE-LAN of the SICOSF system. As a result, said cellular mobile telephony network will automatically be relieved of all mobile terminals located in a closed environment, whether stationary or mobile; and the connection rates to the latter will be extremely high, comparable to an end-to-end fiber optic link, ie 'Fibre-To-The-Mobile-Chipset' or 'FTTMC' connections.

111. Given that, regardless of the time of day, the vast majority of the population is located in a closed, stationary or mobile environment (metro corridors, means of transport, workplaces, homes, etc.), the income for a user of cellular mobile phone network that is not located in an enclosed environment will be substantially increased, and the usage fees outlined in Part II.D will be appropriately blurred. It should be remembered that the performance of one user at a time « T » depends on the number of users connected at that time « T ».

112. The quality of service of the aforementioned latest generation cellular mobile telephony network will be substantially improved, since for a user income is a fundamental component of the quality of service.

113. Practically all buildings in developed countries are connected by fiber optic cable (FTTB or FTTH), which allows for a quick and simple deployment of OPFIBRE-LAN local networks based on SICOSF and their interconnections with the aforementioned telephone network mobile phone of the latest generation.

114. The SICOSF system has a number of specific advantages, including, among others, the following - a) It works without any power supply, electrical or optical connection cable; - b) Does not consume any energy; - c) It is practically timeless and can cover very large areas; for example: - a continuous floor area of more than 240m2 can be covered by a SICOSF system with eight surrounding photonic cells (FIG.242-FIG.243), without any electrical or optical cables and without any power supply; - two unadjusted pavement areas of 30.25 m2 each, far from each other (FIG.212-FIG.213) and each with a SICOSF system, can be connected by the PPI-REPEATER photonic interconnection port, to form an area of virtually continuous floor of 60.50 m2; the electronics of the APDLO adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antenna array located in both areas will be able to communicate with each other through direct vision LOS propagation type OSF, ie, Peerto-Peer.

115. Communications are fully protected against interception and other malicious actions in a closed environment with the local network OPFIBRE-LAN with the SICOSF system.

116. An active and substantial contribution to indoor RF electromagnetic clean-up.

117. An active and substantial contribution to the prevention of risks of brain disease and other public health problems related to RF signals.

118. An active and substantial contribution to the prevention of risks associated with the strong suspicion of genotoxicity of RF signals on the organism in the medium or long term.

119. The common advantages of hybrid cellular mobile communications terminals (FIG.21-FIG.22) and other electronic devices with an APDLO adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antenna array (FIG.23-FIG.29) are, among others, communications OSF-type direct view propagation LOS in virtually any position relative to each other, adaptive wavelength hopping for optical spectrum propagation, and the absence of optical interference inherent in prior art OSF communication devices when they are very close to each other. This absence of optical interference is achieved by its ability to perform adaptive wavelength division multiplexing.

120. In conclusion, one of the main advantages of the present invention is a substantial improvement of both prior art cellular mobile telephony networks ("2G", "3G", "4G" or "5G"), as well as associated mobile terminals and wireless mobile phones, and other RF communication devices. This improvement allows, among other things, to substantially increase its data transfer speed, reduce the risk of brain diseases for users, and reduce RF electromagnetic pollution in closed environments, which is currently the subject of strong suspicions of genotoxicity for users. human beings and for all living organisms in the medium or long term.

121. The above list of advantages is, of course, not exhaustive, as other advantages will appear implicitly or explicitly after the invention has been made.

122. V-BRIEF DESCRIPTIONS OF THE FIGURES

123. Figure 1: Sub-module to convert incident radiation emitted by sources located in a defined area into an emerging Mini-FROP beam.

124. Figure 2: Exploded view of the sub-module in figure 1.

125. Figure 3 to 5: Three-sided receiving module, ie receiving directions « N=3 », of ERSOSF antenna variant nº 1A, ie photonic receiving antenna FOSI with receiving directions « N=3 » .

126. Figure 6: Optical dispersion sub-module.

127. Figure 7: Exploded view of the sub-module in figure 6.

128. Figure 8 to 10: Three-sided transmission module, ie transmission directions « N=3 », of ERSOSF antenna variant No. 1A, ie photonic transmission antenna FOSI with transmission directions « N=3 » .

129. Figure 11 to 14: Set of three-faceted ERSOSF antennas, ie, « N=3 » transmit-receive directions, ie, a set of FOSI photonic antennas with « N=3 » transmit-receive directions.

130. Figure 15: Bilateral receiving module, ie receiving directions « N=2 », of ERSOSF antenna variant nº 1A, ie photonic receiving antenna FOSI with receiving directions « N=2 ».

131. Figure 16: Bilateral transmission module, ie transmission directions « N=2 », of ERSOSF antenna variant No. 1B, ie photonic transmission antenna FOSI with transmission directions « N=2 ».

132. Figure 17: Set of five-sided ERSOSF antennas, ie « N=5 » transmit-receive directions, ie set of FOSI photonic antennas with « N=5 » transmit-receive directions.

133. Figure 18: Set of seven-sided ERSOSF antennas, ie « N=7 » with transmit-receive directions, ie set of FOSI photonic antennas with « N=7 » with transmit-receive directions.

134. Figures 19 to 20: Box of a cellular mobile terminal for RF-Optical hybrid communications with «L=4» FOSI photonic antenna arrays with «N=3» transmit-receive directions.

135. Figures 21 to 22: RF-Optic hybrid cellular mobile terminal with «L=4» FOSI photonic antenna arrays with «N=3» transmit-receive directions.

136. Figures 23 to 24: Large flat screen with «L=6» FOSI photonic antenna arrays with «N=7» transmit-receive directions.

137. Figure 25 to 26: HIFI loudspeaker with «L=12» FOSI photonic antenna arrays with «N=5» transmit-receive directions.

138. Figure 27 to 29: Workstation/PC with «L=12» FOSI photonic antenna arrays with «N=5» transmit-receive directions.

139. Figure 30: Grouped presentation showing a PSAT, DUO-PSAT, QUAT-PSAT, ADAPT-COMFROP adapter, FROP beams and a hybrid mobile terminal with sets of photonic antennas «L=4» with transmit-receive directions «N= 3'.

140. Figure 31: CONRO type DTIRC optical radiation concentrator for DCDC clusters, front, side, back, perspective, and exploded view.

141. Figure 32: DIFFRO optical radiation diffuser for DCDC clusters, front, side, back, perspective and exploded view.

142. Figure 33: CONFROP and CONSOP optical converters, front, side, back, perspective and exploded view.

143. Figure 34: DCDC cluster composed of «N» CONRO optical radiation concentrators connected by a combiner-type coupler to a CONSOP converter, perspective view.

144. Figure 35: DCDC cluster composed of «N» DIFFRO optical radiation diffusers connected by a splitter-type coupler to a CONFROP converter, perspective view.

145. Figure 36: DEVIFROP diverters for installation in CFO4 and CFO3 ducts, top view and perspective.

146. Figure 37: DEVIFROP diverter for installation in the CFO2 duct, seen from above and perspective.

147. Figure 38: DEVIFROP diverter for installation in CFO1 ducts, top view and perspective view.

148. Figure 39: Correlation between the different lengths of DEVIFROP diverters for the four tubes CFO1, CFO2, CFO3, CFO4.

149. Figure 40 to 41: Bare PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME structure with a DCDC cluster of discrete concentrators and diffusers.

150. Figure 42 to 43: Pseudo-satellite DCDC at a level of CFO conduits, perspective view and exploded view.

151. Figure 44 to 45: Pseudo-satellite DCDC with two levels of CFO conduits, exploded view and perspective view.

152. Figure 46 to 47: Pseudo-satellite DCDC with four levels of CFO conduits, exploded view and perspective view.

153. Figure 48 to 49: DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME cluster structure of two naked pseudo-satellites with a DCDC cluster of discrete concentrators and diffusers.

154. Figure 50 to 51: DUO-PSAT cluster of two pseudo-satellite DCDCs at a level of CFO conduits, perspective and exploded view.

155. Figure 52 to 53: DUO-PSAT cluster of two pseudo-satellite DCDCs with two levels of CFO conduits, exploded view and perspective view.

156. Figure 54 to 55: DUO-PSAT cluster of two pseudo-satellite DCDCs with four levels of CFO conduits, exploded view and perspective view.

157. Figure 56 to 57: Structure of QUAT-PSAT clusters of four naked pseudo-satellites DCDC clusters of discrete concentrators and diffusers.

158. Figure 58 to 59: FOUR-PSAT cluster of four pseudo-satellite DCDCs at a level of CFO conduits, perspective view and exploded view.

159. Figure 60 to 61: FOUR-PSAT cluster of four pseudo-satellite DCDCs with two levels of CFO conduits, exploded and perspective view.

160. Figure 62 to 63: FOUR-PSAT cluster of four pseudo-satellite DCDCs with four levels of CFO conduits, exploded view and perspective view.

161. Figure 64 to 65: Naked Fuser substrate.

162. Figure 66: Photonic components to be placed by injecting PMMA into the ConcentFuser substrate.

163. Figure 67: ConcentFuser populated.

164. Figure 68: Bare PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part for group « N » ConcentFusers.

165. Figure 69: How to place « N » ConcentFusers in the PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME part.

166. Figure 70: PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part aligned with « N » ConcentFusers.

167. Figure 71 to 72: ICDC pseudo-satellite at a level of CFO conduits, perspective and exploded view.

168. Figure 74 to 74: ICDC pseudo-satellite with two levels of CFO conduits, exploded and perspective view.

169. Figure 75 to 76: ICDC pseudo-satellite with four levels of CFO conduits, exploded view and perspective view.

170. Figure 77 to 78: DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME cluster structure of two naked pseudo-satellites and ICDC clustered with « 2N » ConcentFusers.

171. Figure 79 to 80: DUO-PSAT cluster of two ICDC pseudo-satellites at a level of CFO conduits, perspective view and exploded view.

172. Figure 81 to 82: DUO-PSAT cluster of two ICDC pseudo-satellites with two levels of CFO conduits, exploded and perspective view.

173. Figure 83 to 84: DUO-PSAT cluster of two ICDC pseudo-satellites with four levels of CFO conduits, exploded and perspective view.

174. Figure 85-86: Structure of QUAT-PSAT clusters of four naked ICDC pseudo-satellites coated with ICDC clusters of « 4N » ConcentFusers.

175. Figure 87 to 88: Four ICDC pseudo-satellites from four satellites at a CFO conduit level, perspective and exploded view.

176. Figure 89 to 90: FOUR-PSAT cluster of four ICDC pseudo-satellite with two levels of CFO conduits, exploded and perspective view.

177. Figure 91 to 92: FOUR-PSAT ICDC four pseudo-satellite cluster with four levels of CFO conduits, exploded view and perspective view.

178. Figure 93 to 94: PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrate from the LSI-CDC cluster, nude.

179. Figure 95: PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part of the LSI-CDC cluster with « N » optical concentrators and « N » optical diffusers.

180. Figure 96 to 97: LSI-CDC pseudo-satellite at a CFO conduit level, perspective and exploded view.

181. Figure 98 to 99: LSI-CDC pseudo-satellite with two levels of CFO conduit, exploded view and perspective view.

182. Figure 100 to 101: LSI-CDC pseudo-satellite with four levels of CFO conduit, exploded view and perspective view.

183. Figure 102 to 103: Substrate of the DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME cluster of two pseudo-satellites, naked and filled with the LSI-CDC cluster of « 2N » optical concentrators and « 2N » optical diffusers.

184. Figure 104 to 105: DUO-PSAT cluster of two pseudo-satellite LSI-CDC at a level of CFO conduits, perspective view and exploded view.

185. Figure 106 to 107: DUO-PSAT cluster of two pseudo-satellite LSI-CDC with two levels of CFO conduits, exploded and perspective view.

186. Figure 108 to 109: DUO-PSAT cluster of two pseudo-satellite LSI-CDC with four levels of CFO conduits, exploded and perspective view.

187. Figure 110 to 111: Substrate of four pseudo-satellite QUAT-PSAT arrays, naked and filled with LSI-CDC arrays of « 4N » optical concentrators and « 4N » optical diffusers.

188. Figure 112 to 113: FOUR-PSAT cluster of four pseudo-satellite LSI-CDC at a CFO conduit level, exploded and perspective view.

189. Figure 114 to 115: FOUR-PSAT cluster of four pseudo-satellite LSI-CDC with two levels of CFO conduit, exploded view and perspective view.

190. Figure 116 to 117: LSI-CDC four-level pseudo-satellite four-level CFO conduit, exploded and perspective view.

191. Figure 118: A photonic pseudo-satellite has a bound orthonormal marker engraved on its PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part, called the 'Clean Mark', whose center is point O and the three axes are OX, OY, OZ.

192. Figure 119 to 120: Example of the configuration method of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part of a PSAT pseudo-satellite, containing two optical converters CONSOP and CONFROP and two optical deflectors DEVIFROP3 and DEVIFROP4.

193. Figure 121: Exploded view of the PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE part.

194. Figure 122: Example of the method of configuring the PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE part of a PSAT pseudo-satellite, containing two optical couplers, one of which is a combiner and the other a splitter.

195. Figure 123: Exploded view of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE part.

196. Figure 124: Exploded view of the QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE part.

197. Figure 125: Compositions of two photonic pseudo-satellites of a SICOSF system, a PSAT-Aij and a PSAT-Bij.

198. Figure 126: Compositions of two photonic pseudo-satellites of a SICOSF system, a PSAT-Cij and a PSAT-Dij.

199. Figure 127: Exploded view of an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter with a CFO conduit level.

200. Figure 128: Different views of an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter with a level of CFO conduits.

201. Figure 129: Exploded view of an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter with two levels of CFO conduit.

202. Figure 130: Different views of an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter with two levels of CFO conduit.

203. Figure 131: Exploded view of an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter with four levels of CFO conduit.

204. Figure 132: Different views of an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter with four levels of CFO conduit.

205. Figure 133 to 134: Exploded view and perspective of a COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT apparatus with a CFO conduit level.

206. Figure 135 to 136: Exploded view and perspective of a COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT apparatus with two levels of CFO conduit.

207. Figure 137 to 138: Exploded view and perspective of a COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT apparatus with two levels of CFO conduit.

208. Figure 139 to 140: Exploded view and perspective of a COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT apparatus with a CFO conduit level.

209. Figure 141 to 142: Exploded view and perspective of a COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT apparatus with two levels of CFO conduit.

210. Figure 143 to 144: Exploded view and perspective of a COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT apparatus with four levels of CFO conduit.

211. NOTE: Before reading figures 145 to 211 and 214 to 243, it is strongly recommended that you read the important note on page 2.

This acronym stands for Wireless Optics (OSF) transmit-receive.

212. Figure 145 to 156: Perspective and zoom of the elementary canonical SICOSF system RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC, optimized for connection to the OPFIBRE-LAN local network through an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter.

213. Figure 157 to 167: Perspective and zoom of the elementary canonical SICOSF system RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC, optimized for connection to the OPFIBRE-LAN network by a COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT combined adapter.

214. Figure 168 to 184: Perspective and zoom views of the composite RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC canonical system SICOSF, having two surrounding photonic cells.

215. Figure 185 to 199: Perspective view and zoom of the composite RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC canonical system SICOSF, having four surrounding photonic cells.

216. Figure 200 to 211: Perspective view and zoom of the composite RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC canonical system SICOSF, with eight surrounding photonic cells.

217. Figure 212 to 213: PPI-REPEATER photonic interconnect port.

218. Figure 214 to 220: Various views of cellular mobile terminals for RF-Optical hybrid communications located in a canonical RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC SICOSF basic system, optimized for connection to the OPFIBRE-LAN LAN by an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter.

219. Figure 221 to 227: Various views of cellular mobile terminals for RF-Optic hybrid communications located in a canonical RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC SICOSF basic system, optimized for connection to the OPFIBRE-LAN LAN by a COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT combo adapter.

220. Figure 228 to 234: Various views of mobile cellular terminals for RF-Optical hybrid communications located in a canonical system RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC composite SICOSF, having two surrounding photonic cells.

221. Figure 235 to 241: Various views of mobile cellular terminals for RF-Optical hybrid communications located in a canonical system RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC composite SICOSF, having four surrounding photonic cells.

222. Figure 242 to 243: Various views of mobile cellular terminals for RF-Optical hybrid communications located in a canonical system RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC composite SICOSF, having eight surrounding photonic cells.

223. VI-MANNER TO CARRY OUT THE INVENTION

224. For convenience, this section is organized into the following subsections:

225. VI.A - Photonic and optoelectronic variants of ERSOSF antennas - Cellular mobile terminals and other electronic devices with a set of ERSOSF antennas adaptable in position, direction and wavelength (APDLO) - Communication methods: Communication methods: Page 35 to 58

226. VI.A.1 - Variant No. 1 of the ERSOSF antenna

227. VI.A.2 - Variant No. 2 of the ERSOSF antenna

228. VI.A.3 - Variant No. 3 of the ERSOSF antenna

229. VI.A.4 - Cellular mobile terminals and other electronic devices with a set of photonic or optoelectronic antennas adaptable in position, direction and wavelength (APDLO)

230. VI.A.5 - Method of communication between two LTEBx adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antennas and LTEBz devices APDLO - Periodic searches for the identification of two triplets « (i, j, k) ».

231. VI.A.6 - Method of communication between a TAEDBx device and the «Q» devices TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2, ..., TAEBDzQ, with a set of adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antennas APDLO - Periodic searches for the identification of triplets «2Q » « (i, j, k)».

232. VI.A.7 - Wavelength assignment method by a TAEDBx to «Q» devices TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2, ..., TAEBDzQ with adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antenna arrays APDLO - Adaptive Jump Optical Spectrum for Transmission-Reception

233. VI.B - Extended Interconnection with Hybrid, RF and Optical Cells, having a SICOSF system: Page 58 to 96

234. VI.B.1 - Architecture of the IRECH-RF-OP internet, having a SICOSF system

235. VI.B.2 - Main functional characteristics of the IRECH-RF-OP internet

236. VI.B.3 - Method of communication between a local network OPFIBRE-LAN with a SICOSF system and a «Q» apparatus TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2, ..., TAEBDzQ, with adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antenna arrays APDLO - Periodic surveys for the identification of triplets «2Q» « (i, j, k) ».

237. VI.B.4 - Wavelength assignment method for a local network OPFIBRE-LAN with a SICOSF system with «Q» devices TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2, ..., TAEBDzQ with adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antenna arrays APDLO - Adaptive wavelength hopping optical spectrum for transmit-receive

238. VI.B.5 - Method to increase the data transfer speed of an RF cellular communications network, prevent the risk of brain disease for mobile terminal users, and reduce the electromagnetic pollution of RF signals from communication devices in buildings

239. VI.C - Methods of fabrication of photonic pseudo-satellites and their different groupings: Page 96 to 129

240. VI.C.1 - Manufacturing methods of CONRO optical concentrators, DIFFRO optical diffusers and associated chassis parts PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, QUATUOR-PSAT- DOME CHASSIS

241. VI.C.2 - Methods of manufacturing protective covers for CONRO optical concentrators and DIFFRO diffusers of PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME, QUATUOR-PSAT- parts DOME CHASSIS

242. VI.C.3 - Manufacturing methods of CONFROP and CONSOP optical converters and DEVIFROP diverters

243. VI.C.4 - Manufacturing methods of the chassis part PSAT-CHASSIS-

BASE

244. VI.C.5 - Manufacturing methods of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS chassis

245. VI.C.6 - Manufacturing methods of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS chassis

246. VI.C.7 - Manufacturing methods of the PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE part of the PSAT-CHASSIS chassis

247. VI.C.8 - Manufacturing methods of the chassis part DUO-PSAT-

CHASSIS

248. VI.C.9 - Manufacturing methods of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE part of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS chassis

249. VI.D - Manufacturing Methods of Communication Adapters FROP Beam and Pseudo-Satellite Photonic Adapter: Page 129 to 136

250. VI.D.1 - Manufacturing methods of the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE part of the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter chassis

251. VI.D.2 - Manufacturing methods of the ADAPT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE part of the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter chassis

252. VI.D.3 - Manufacturing method of the ADAPT-CHASSIS- section

PROTECTIVE COVER

253. VI.D.4 - Methods of manufacturing COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT and COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapters

254. VI.E - Manufacturing methods of a PPI-REPEATER photonic interconnection port of two SICOSF systems: Page 136 to 136

255. VI.F - Method of assigning wavelengths to pseudo-satellite of a SICOSF system - Application examples: Page 137 to 149

256. VI.A - Photonic and optoelectronic variants of ERSOSF antennas - Cellular mobile terminals and other electronic devices with a set of ERSOSF antennas adaptable in position, direction and wavelength (APDLO) - Communication methods

257. This part of the invention should preferably be carried out by a person competent in the field of micromanufacturing, photonics, optoelectronics and programming of microcontrollers and their peripheral components, i.e. central software.

258. VI.A.1 - Variant No. 1 of the ERSOSF antenna

259. The ERSOSF N°1 antenna variant is a photonic variant, recommended for making very high-speed connections between mobile terminals or other electronic devices and the OPFIBER-LAN local network, or between several mobile terminals or other electronic devices between itself, ie Peer-to-Peer architecture. The theoretical transfer rates of these links can reach those of end-to-end wired fiber optic links, while being a wireless communication system.

260. Variant #1 has two main versions, called Variant #1A and Variant #1B. Variant #1A uses micro-reflective mirrors, while in variant #1B the micro-reflective mirrors are replaced by micro-segments of fiber optics.

261. In order to produce the different versions of the photonic variants N°1 of the ERSOSF antenna, we proceeded with micro-fabrication, a technique known to the man of the art.

262. In general, the reception module, according to photonic variant No. 1A of the ERSOSF antenna, comprises «N» optical radiation channels (CRO), where «N» is an integer greater than or equal to «1» representing the number of receiving addresses; these « N » CRO channels pass through the substrate wall and therefore the terminal box, if the construction of the latter is not modular. Each CRO conduit contains photonic components, including: - a) an optical radiation concentrator intended to transform the incident radiation emitted by sources located in a delimited area of space connected to said ERSOSF antenna, into an almost point source; - b) a collimation lens for transforming said quasi-point source into a mini-beam of emerging parallel optical rays (Mini-FROP); - c) if necessary, one or more reflecting micromirrors that allow the Mini-FROP beam emerging from the collimating lens to be transported by successive reflections, in order to allow it to reach the filtering surface of the narrowband-pass optical filter below orthogonally; - d) an optical narrowband pass filter specific for the module under consideration, in the infrared or visible range, intended to filter the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said collimating lens or, where appropriate, from a micromirror; - e) a focusing lens intended to transform the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said optical filter into a quasi-point source for transmission by an optical fiber; - f) a receiving optical fiber for connecting said CRO to a photodetector.

263. As an example, in the case of "N=3" of the receiver module of variant N°1A (FIG.1-FIG.5), i.e. three reception directions, said optical radiation concentrator (100103, 200103, 400103 ) and said collimation lens (100101, 200101) are integrated in the same capsule (100102, 200102) to form a concentration and collimation sub-module; this sub-module (100100, 200100, 300100, 500100) is intended for converting the incident radiation emitted by sources located in a delimited area of space connected to said ERSOSF antenna, into an emerging Mini-FROP beam. Each CRO conduit of variant No. 1A receiving module (300200, 400200, 500200) contains photonic components, including: - a) a concentration and collimation sub-module (100100, 200100, 300100, 500100); - b) four reflecting micromirrors (300204) that allow the Mini-FROP beam emerging from the concentration and collimation sub-module (100100, 200100, 300100, 500100) to be transported by successive reflections in order to reach the filtering surface of the filter orthogonally narrowband pass optical below; - d) an optical narrowband-pass filter specific to the module in question (300203, 400203, 500203), in the infrared or visible range, intended to filter the Mini-FROP beam (3EFROP2) emerging directly from the concentration and collimation sub-module (100100 , 200100, 300100, 500100) or, where appropriate, a Mini-FROP beam (3EFROP1 or 3EFROP3) emerging from a micrometer mirror (300204); - e) a focusing lens (300202, 500202) for transforming the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said optical filter (300203, 400203, 500203) into a quasi-point source for transmission through an optical fiber (300201, 400201, 500201) ; - f) a receiving optical fiber (300201, 400201, 500201) for connecting said CRO to a photodetector.

264. In general terms, the reception module, according to photonic variant No. 1B of the ERSOSF antenna, comprises «N» optical radiation channels, where «N» is an integer greater than or equal to «1» representing the number of reception addresses; these « N » CRO channels pass through the substrate wall and, therefore, the terminal box, if the construction of the latter is not modular; each CRO channel contains photonic components, including: - a) an optical radiation concentrator designed to transform the incident radiation emitted by sources located in a delimited area of space connected to said ERSOSF antenna into a quasi-point source; - b) a segment of optical fiber intended to transport the concentrated radiation in the form of an almost point source to the focus of the collimating lens below; - c) a collimating lens for transforming said almost point source into an emerging Mini-FROP beam, so as to allow its orthogonal arrival to the filtering surface of the next optical narrowband pass filter; - d) an optical narrowband-pass filter specific to the module under consideration, in the infrared or visible range, intended to filter the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said collimating lens; - e) a focusing lens intended to transform the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said optical filter into a quasi-point source for transmission by an optical fiber; - f) a receiving optical fiber for connecting said CRO to a photodetector.

265. As an example, in the case "N=2" of the receiver module of variant No. 1B (FIG.15), that is, two reception directions, said optical radiation concentrator (1500504) is extended by a segment of optical fiber (15Fibre-Segment) to transport the concentrated radiation to the focus of the collimating lens (1500502). Each CRO conduit of the receiver module variant No. 1B (1500500) contains photonic components, including: - a) an optical radiation concentrator (1500504) to transform the incident radiation emitted by sources located in a delimited area of space connected to said ERSOSF antenna into a almost punctual source; - b) a fiber optic segment (15 Fiber-Segment) to transport the concentrated radiation in the form of an almost point source to the focus of the collimating lens below; - c) a collimating lens (1500502) for transforming said quasi-point source into an emerging Mini-FROP beam, in order to allow its orthogonal arrival to the filtering surface of the next optical narrowband pass filter; - d) an optical narrowband pass filter (1500503) specific for the module under consideration, in the infrared or visible range, intended to filter the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said collimating lens; - e) a focusing lens (1500502) designed to transform the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said optical filter into a quasi-point source for transmission over an optical fiber, hereafter; - f) a receiving optical fiber (1500501) intended to connect said CRO to a photodetector.

266. In general, the transmission module, according to photonic variant N°1A of the ERSOSF antenna, comprises «N» CRO conduits, where «N» is an integer greater than or equal to «1» representing the number of reception directions; these « N » CRO ducts pass through the substrate wall and therefore the terminal box, if the construction of the latter is not modular. Each CRO conduit contains photonic components, including: - a) an emission optical fiber to connect said CRO to a photo-emitter; - b) a collimating lens designed to transform an almost point source of radiation, transmitted by said emission optical fiber, into an emerging Mini-FROP beam; - c) an optical narrowband-pass filter specific for the module under consideration, in the infrared or visible range, intended to filter the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said collimating lens; - d) where appropriate, one or more reflecting micromirrors that allow the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said narrowband pass optical filter to be transported by successive reflections, so as to allow it to reach the surface of the diffuser's diffusion screen orthogonally optical below; - e) an optical radiation diffuser intended to transform the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said narrowband-pass optical filter or, where appropriate, from a micromirror, into an extended source of optical radiation diffusion in a delimited area of space connected to the referred to ERSOSF antenna.

267. As an example, in the case of "N=3" of the transmitter module of variant No. 1A (FIG.6-FIG.10), i.e. three transmission directions, said optical radiation spreader (600302, 700302 ) is integrated in a capsule (600301, 700301) to form an optical dispersion sub-module; this sub-module (600300, 700300, 800300, 900300, 1000300) is intended to convert a Mini-FROP beam incident on a source of spreading radiation extended in a delimited area of space related to said ERSOSF antenna. Each CRO conduit of the variant No. 1A transmitter module (800400, 900400, 1000400) contains photonic components including: - a) an emission optical fiber (800401, 900401,

1000401) to link said CRO to a photo-emitter; - b) a collimation lens (800402) for transforming an almost point source of radiation, transmitted by said emission optical fiber, into a Mini-FROP beam (8IFROP); - c) an optical narrow-pass filter (800403, 900403, 1000403) specific for the module under consideration, in the infrared or visible range, intended to filter the Mini-FROP (8IFROP) beam emerging from said collimation lens; - d) four reflecting micromirrors (800404) to transport, by successive reflections, the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said narrow-pass optical filter, in order to allow its orthogonal arrival to the surface of the diffusion screen (600302, 700302) of the optical diffusion sub-module below; - e) an optical radiation scattering sub-module (600300, 700300, 800300, 900300, 1000300) designed to transform the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said narrowband pass optical filter or, where appropriate, from a micromirror, into a source of optical radiation diffusion in a delimited area of space connected to said ERSOSF antenna.

268. In general, the transmission module, according to photonic variant No. 1B of the ERSOSF antenna, has «N» CRO ducts, where «N» is an integer greater than or equal to «1» representing the number of directions of Front desk; these « N » CRO ducts pass through the substrate wall and therefore the terminal box, if the construction of the latter is not modular. Each CRO conduit contains photonic components, including: - a) an emission optical fiber to connect said CRO to a photo-emitter; - b) a collimating lens for transforming an almost point source of radiation, transmitted by said emission optical fiber, into an emerging Mini-FROP beam, in order to allow its orthogonal arrival to the filtering surface of the optical filter below; - c) an optical narrowband-pass filter specific to the module under consideration, in the infrared or visible range, intended to filter the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said collimating lens; - d) an optical radiation diffuser intended to transform the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said narrow-band-pass optical filter, into a widened source of optical radiation diffusion in a delimited area of space connected to said ERSOSF antenna.

269. As an example, in the case "N=2" of the transmission module of variant No. 1B (FIG.16), that is, two transmission directions, the transmission optical fiber (800401, 900401, 1000401) to connect said A CRO light emitter (1600601) is enlarged to bring the radiation to the focus of the collimating lens (1600602). Each CRO conduit of the Variant No. 1B transmitter module (1600600) contains photonic components including: - a)

an emission optical fiber (1600601) for connecting said CRO to a photo-emitter; - b) a collimating lens (1600602) for transforming an almost point source of radiation, transmitted by said emission optical fiber, into a Mini-FROP beam, in order to allow its orthogonal arrival to the filtering surface of the optical filter below; - c) an optical narrow-pass filter (1600603) specific for the module under consideration, in the infrared or visible range, intended to filter the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said collimating lens; - d) an optical radiation diffusion screen (1600604) intended to transform the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said narrow-band-pass optical filter into a widened source of optical radiation diffusion in a delimited area of space connected to said ERSOSF antenna.

270. According to photonic variant No. 1A or No. 1B, an ERSOSF antenna with "N" transmit-receive directions and a single transmit-receive wavelength is formed by juxtaposing a receiving module and a transmitting module having, on the one hand, "N" receive directions and "N" transmit directions respectively, where "N" is an integer greater than or equal to "1", and, on the other hand, narrowband pass optical filters centered on the same wavelength; this single transmit-receive wavelength is referred to as "Lmda-ER". On the other hand, a set of ERSOSF antennas with «M» distinct wavelengths and «N» transmit-receive directions, where «M» and «N» are integers greater than or equal to «1», is formed by the juxtaposition of «M» ERSOSF antennas each with «N» transmit-receive directions and a single transmit-receive wavelength. The wavelengths "M" of said matrix are denoted Lmda-ER1, ..., Lmda-ERM.

271. Depending on the photonic variant N°1A or N°1B, a set of ERSOSF, adaptable APDLO antennas has:

272. « L » identical sets of ERSOSF antennas, each with « M » distinct wavelengths and « N » transmit-receive directions, where « L », « M » and « N » are integers greater than or equal to « 1"; transmit-receive wavelengths other than «M» are referred to as Lmda-ER1, ..., Lmda-ERM; and

273. "L x M x N" photodetectors; these photodetectors are distributed between the «L» antennas, with «M x N» photodetectors per array; for each array, the 'M x N' photodetectors are distributed between the 'M' ERSOSF antennas, with 'N' photodetectors per ERSOSF antenna; each photodetector is connected by a dedicated receiving optical fiber to one of the CRO receiving conduits «N» of the corresponding ERSOSF antenna; and

274. “L x M x N” light emitters; these light emitters are distributed between the 'L' antennas at a rate of 'M x N' light emitters per array; for each matrix, the 'M x N' light emitters are distributed between the 'M' ERSOSF antennas, at a rate of 'N' light emitters per ERSOSF antenna; each light emitter is connected by a dedicated transmission optical fiber to one of the CRO transmission lines 'N' of the corresponding ERSOSF antenna.

275. According to photonic variant N°1A or N°1B, a receiving module is called an 'Integrated Selective Optical Filter Reception photonic antenna' or a 'FOSI reception photonic antenna'; a transmission module is called an 'Integrated Selective Optical Filter Antenna for transmission' or 'Photonic antenna for transmission'; an ERSOSF antenna is also referred to as an 'Integrated Selective Optical Filter Dual Transmission-Reception Photonic Antenna' or 'Dual Photonic Transmission-Reception FOSI Antenna' or 'Photonic Transmission-Reception FOSI Antenna'; the ERSOSF antenna array (FIG.11 to FIG.14 and FIG.17 to FIG.18) is also referred to as "FOSI transmit-receive dual photonic antenna array" or "FOSI transmission-receive photonic antenna array". The system formed by the set of FOSI photonic antennas, phototransmitters and photodetectors, SPAD and SPLO selection devices, BSDLO beacons, DTR-BSDLO beacon detectors, and the microcontroller to drive the assembly, is referred to as «FOSI Photonic Antenna Array Adaptive in Position , Direction and Wavelength' or 'FOSI-APDLO Photonic Antenna Array'.

276. VI.A.2 - Variant No. 2 of the ERSOSF antenna

277. The ERSOSF N°2 antenna variant is another photonic variant, recommended for making very high-speed connections between mobile terminals or other electronic devices and the OPFIBER-LAN local network, or between several mobile terminals or other electronic devices between itself, ie Peer-to-Peer architecture. The transfer speeds of these links can match those of end-to-end wired fiber optic links, while at the same time being a wireless communication system. This variant differs from the No. 1 photonic variant of the ERSOSF antenna in that the CRO conduits are devoid of selective optical filters; selective optical filters are integrated in photodetectors and photoemitters.

278. Variant #2 has two main versions, called Variant #2A and Variant #2B. Variant #2A uses micro-reflective mirrors, while variant #2B uses micro-reflective mirrors to be replaced by fiber optic microsegments.

279. In order to produce the different versions of the photonic variants No. 2 of the ERSOSF antenna, we use micro-fabrication, a technique known to the man of the art.

280. In general, the receiving module, according to photonic variant N°2A of the ERSOSF antenna, has «N» CRO ducts, where «N» is an integer greater than or equal to «1» representing the number of reception directions; these « N » CRO ducts pass through the substrate wall and, therefore, the terminal box if the construction of the latter is not modular; each CRO conduit contains photonic components, including: - a) an optical radiation concentrator intended to transform the incident radiation emitted by sources located in a delimited area of space connected to said ERSOSF antenna, into an almost point source; - b) a collimation lens intended for transforming said quasi-point source into an emerging Mini-FROP minifarme; - c) where appropriate, one or more reflecting micromirrors that allow the Mini-FROP beam emerging from the collimating lens to be transported by successive reflections, so as to allow it to arrive parallel to the optical axis of the focusing lens below; - d) a focusing lens for transforming the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said collimating lens or, where appropriate, from a micromirror, into a quasi-point source for transmission through an optical fiber; - e) a receiving optical fiber for connecting said CRO to a photodetector with an integrated narrowband pass optical filter.

281. As an example, in the case « N=3 », the reception module of variant N°2A, ie three reception directions, is obtained by removing the optical filters (300203, 400203, 500203) shown in the case « N =3 » of variant N°1A (FIG.1-FIG.5).

282. In general, the receiving module, according to photonic variant nº 2B of the ERSOSF antenna, has «N» CRO ducts, where «N» is an integer greater than or equal to «1» representing the number of directions of reception; these « N » CRO ducts pass through the substrate wall and therefore the terminal box if the construction of the latter is not modular; each CRO conduit contains photonic components, including: - a) an optical radiation concentrator designed to transform the incident radiation emitted by sources located in a delimited area of space connected to said ERSOSF antenna into a quasi-point source; - b) a segment of optical fiber intended to transport the concentrated radiation in the form of an almost point source to the focus of the collimating lens below; - c) a collimating lens to transform this almost point source into an emerging Mini-FROP beam, in order to allow it to arrive parallel to the optical axis of the focusing lens to follow; - d) a focusing lens for transforming the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said collimating lens into a quasi-point source for transmission by an optical fiber, hereafter; - e) a receiving optical fiber for connecting said CRO to a photodetector with an integrated narrow-pass optical filter.

283. As an example, in the case « N=2 », the reception module of variant N°2B, ie two reception directions, is obtained by removing the optical filters (1500503) shown in the case « N=2 » of the variant No. 1B (FIG.15).

284. In general, the transmission module, according to photonic variant N°2A of the ERSOSF antenna, comprises "N" CRO optical radiation ducts, where "N" is an integer greater than or equal to "1" representing the number of receiving addresses; these « N » CRO ducts pass through the substrate wall and therefore the terminal box, if the construction of the latter is not modular. Each CRO conduit contains photonic components, including: - a) an emission optical fiber to connect said CRO to a photo-emitter with integrated narrow-pass optical filter; - b) a collimating lens for transforming an almost point source of radiation, transmitted by said emission optical fiber, into a Mini-FROP beam; - c) when appropriate, one or more reflecting micromirrors that allow the Mini-FROP beam to be transported by successive reflections emerging from said collimating lens, so as to allow its orthogonal arrival to the surface of the diffusion screen of the optical diffuser below; - d) an optical radiation diffuser intended to transform the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said collimating lens or, where appropriate, from a micromirror, into an extended source of optical radiation diffusion in a delimited area of space connected to said ERSOSF antenna.

285. As an example, in the case "N=3", the transmission module of variant N°2A, ie three transmission directions, is obtained by removing the optical filters (800403, 900403, 1000403) shown in the case "N =3 » of variant N°1A (FIG.6 to FIG.10). • transmission module, according to photonic variant N°2B of the ERSOSF antenna, has CRO conduits « N », where « N » is an integer greater than or equal to « 1 » representing the number of reception directions; these CRO "N" ducts pass through the substrate wall and therefore the terminal box, if the construction of the latter is not modular. Each CRO conduit contains photonic components, including: - a) an emission optical fiber to connect said CRO to a photo-emitter; - b) a collimating lens for transforming an almost point source of radiation, transmitted by said emission optical fiber, into an emerging Mini-FROP beam, in order to allow its arrival orthogonal to the diffusion surface of the optical diffuser below; - c) an optical radiation diffuser for transforming the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said collimating lens, into an extended source of optical radiation diffusion in a delimited area of space connected to said ERSOSF antenna.

286. As an example, in case "N=2" the transmission module of variant N°2B, ie two transmission directions, is obtained by removing the optical filters (1600603) shown in case "N=2" of variant No. 1B (FIG.16).

287. According to photonic variant No. 2, an ERSOSF antenna with "N" transmit-receive directions is formed by juxtaposing a receiving module and a transmitting module with respectively "N" receive directions and "N" directions where « N » is an integer greater than or equal to « 1 ». On the other hand, an array of ERSOSF antennas with « M » elements and « N » transmit-receive directions where « M » and « N » are integers greater than or equal to « 1 », is formed by the juxtaposition of « M » antennas ERSOSF each with « N » transmit-receive directions.

288. Generally speaking, according to photonic variant N°2, an ERSOSF, the adaptive APDLO antenna set has:

289. 'L' identical sets of ERSOSF antennas with 'M' and 'N' elements in transmit-receive directions, where 'L', 'M' and 'N' are integers greater than or equal to '1'; and

290. "L x M x N" photodetectors with integrated narrowband pass optical filters with distinct "M" receiving wavelengths which are designated as Lmda-ER1, ..., Lmda-ERM; these photodetectors are divided into «L» arrays, with «M x N» photodetectors and distinct «M» wavelengths per matrix; for each array, the 'M x N' photodetectors are distributed between the 'M' ERSOSF antennas, at a rate of 'N' photodetectors of the same wavelength per ERSOSF antenna; each photodetector is connected by a dedicated receiving optical fiber to one of the CRO receiving conduits «N» of the corresponding ERSOSF antenna; and

291. 'L x M x N' light emitters with integrated narrowband-pass optical filters with distinct 'M' wavelengths which are identical to those of 'L x M x N' light detectors with optical narrow-pass filters. narrowband, also referred to as Lmda-ER1 , ..., Lmda-ERM; these light emitters are distributed between “L” matrices, with “M x N” light emitters and different “M” wavelengths per matrix; for each array, the 'M x N' light emitters are distributed between the 'M' ERSOSF antennas, at a rate of 'N' light emitters of the same wavelength per ERSOSF antenna; each light emitter is connected by a dedicated transmission optical fiber to one of the CRO transmission lines 'N' of the corresponding ERSOSF antenna.

292. According to photonic variant No. 2, a receiver module is called “Photonic Antenna Neutral Receive”; a transmitter module is called the “Photonic Antenna Neutral Transmit-Receive Array”; an ERSOSF antenna is also called “Dual Photonic Antenna Neutral Transmit-Receive”; the ERSOSF antenna array is also called the “Dual Photonic Antenna Neutral Transmit-Receive Array”. The system consists of a set of neutral photonic antennas, photo-emitters with integrated narrow-pass optical filters, photodetectors with integrated narrow-pass optical filters, SPAD and SPLO selection devices, BSDLO headlamps, DTR- headlamp detectors. BSDLO, and the microcontroller that drives the assembly, is called the "NT-FOS Photonic Antenna Array Adaptive in Position, Direction and Wavelength" or "NT-FOS-APDLO Photonic Antenna Array".

293. VI.A.3 - Variant No. 3 of the ERSOSF antenna

294. The ERSOSF antenna variant No.3 is an optoelectronic variant, recommended for making connections with average data rates compared to fiber optic data rates, between mobile terminals or other electronic devices and the OPFIBER-LAN local network , or between several mobile terminals or other electronic devices with each other, ie the peer-to-Peer architecture. This optoelectronic variant differs from the photonic variants No. 1 and No. 2 in that the photodetectors (PIN photodiodes) and photo-emitters (IR laser diodes, IR LED) are distributed along the various edges of the case, and are connected by electrical wires to electronic signal formation circuits (transimpedance amplifiers, operational amplifiers and others); as a consequence for signals in the microwave range, these electrical wires constitute low-pass filters that limit data transfer rates, which explains why their theoretical data transfer rates are relatively modest compared to those obtained with the photonic antennas of variant N°1 and N°2.

295. The different versions of the optoelectronic variant of the ERSOSF antenna are produced by microfabrication combined with other techniques used in the field of semiconductor fabrication. All these techniques are known to the man of the art.

296. In general, the receiver module, according to the optoelectronic variant of the ERSOSF antenna, has «N» photodetectors, where «N» is an integer greater than or equal to «1» representing the number of reception directions; each photodetector is composed of: - a) an optical radiation concentrator designed to transform the incident radiation emitted by sources located in a delimited area of space connected to said ERSOSF antenna into an almost virtual source; - b) a collimation lens designed to transform said quasi-virtual source into a Mini-FROP beam; - c) a collimation lens designed to transform said quasi-virtual source into a Mini-FROP beam; - c) an optical narrowband-pass filter specific for the module under consideration, in the infrared or visible range, intended to filter the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said collimating lens; - d) a PIN-type photodiode, designed to transform the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said optical filter, into electrical current; - e) electrical wires to connect said photodiode to electronic circuits to shape the received signals (transimpedance amplifiers and others).

297. In general, the transmission module, according to the optoelectronic variant of the ERSOSF antenna, comprises light emitters "N", where "N" is an integer greater than or equal to "N", representing the number of directions transmission; each light emitter is made up of: - a) electrical wires to carry the signals transmitted by the signal-forming electronic circuits (operational amplifiers and others); - b) an IR laser diode or an IR LED connected to said electrical wires to transform the electrical signals into an optical radiation source; - c) a collimation lens for transforming said radiation source into a Mini-FROP beam; - d) an optical narrowband-pass filter specific to the module under consideration, in the infrared or visible range, to filter the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said collimating lens; - e) an optical radiation diffuser for transforming the Mini-FROP beam emerging from said narrow-band-pass optical filter, into an extended source of optical radiation diffusion in a delimited area of space connected to said ERSOSF antenna.

298. According to the optoelectronic variant, an ERSOSF antenna with "N" transmit-receive directions and a single transmit-receive wavelength is formed by juxtaposing a receiving module and a transmitting module with respectively "N" receive directions and «N» transmit directions where «N» is an integer greater than or equal to «1» and optical narrowband pass filters centered on the same wavelength; this single transmit-receive wavelength is referred to as "Lmda-ER". A set of ERSOSF antennas with wavelengths «M» and different transmit-receive directions «N» where «M» and «N» are integers greater than or equal to «1», is formed by juxtaposed ERSOSF «M» antennas , each with transmit-receive directions «N» and a single transmit-receive wavelength; the wavelengths «M» of the said set are designated «Lmda-ER1, ..., Lmda-ERM».

299. According to the optoelectronic variant, a set of adaptive APDLO ERSOSF antennas has identical sets of ERSOSF «L» antennas, each with different wavelengths «M» and different transmit-receive directions «N» where «L» , «M» and «N» are integers greater than or equal to «1»; the distinct transmit-receive wavelengths «M» are designated as Lmda-ER1, ..., Lmda-ERM.

300. Depending on the optoelectronic variant, a receiving module is referred to as an “Integrated Optoelectronic Selective Optoelectronic Selective Optoelectronic Selective Receive Antenna” or a “FOSI Optoelectronic Receive Antenna”; a transmission module is referred to as “Integrated Optoelectronic Selective Optoelectronic Selective Optical Filter Integrated Transmit Antenna” or “FOSI Optoelectronic Transmit Antenna”; an ERSOSF antenna is also referred to as an "Integrated Optical Selective Filter Transmit-Receive Dual Antenna" or "FOSI Dual Transmit-Receive Antenna"; the ERSOSF antenna array is also referred to as "FOSI Transmit-Receive Dual Antenna Array". The system formed by the set of FOSI photonic antennas, the photo-transmitters and photodetectors, the SPAD and SPLO devices, the BSDLO beacons, the DTR-BSDLO beacon detectors, and the microcontroller that conducts the set, is called the «antenna set adaptive FOSI optoelectronics in position, direction and wavelength' or 'FOSI-APDLO optoelectronic antenna array'.

301. VI.A.4 - Cellular mobile terminals and other electronic devices with a set of photonic or optoelectronic antennas adaptable in position, communications direction and wavelength (APDLO)

302. Formally, the box of a cellular mobile terminal or other electronic device with an integrated set of photonic or optoelectronic antennas (FIG.19 to FIG.29) has "L" sets of identical photonic or optoelectronic antennas that are distributed along «L» different edges of the box, where each set of photonic or optoelectronic antennas is composed of «M» photonic or optoelectronic antennas with «N» transmit-receive directions, where «L», «M», «N» are integers greater than or equal to “1”; each photonic antenna, whether of the photonic variant No. 1 or No. 2 or optoelectronic, is composed of two adjacent modules, one of which is a receiving module and the other a transmission module.

303. The case is generally manufactured by die-casting of the aluminum type. The array of photonic or optoelectronic antennas is obtained by connecting photonic or optoelectronic antennas «M» each with «N» transmit-receive directions. These manufacturing techniques are known to the man of the art.

304. A cellular mobile terminal or other electronic device with a set of adaptable photonic or optoelectronic antennas APDLO contains a set of information, pre-recorded in an EPROM or EEPROM or Flash memory, related to the supervision of the electronic communications system that it will form with the IRECH-RF-OP internet.

305. In particular, in the case of a cellular mobile terminal with a set of adaptable photonic or optoelectronic antennas APDLO, this set of information must contain at least the following elements

306. The serial number of said terminal; and

307. SIM card information, ie Subscriber Identity Module, on board; and

308. A dedicated wavelength for OSF communications with the call setup system of the SICOSF system of stationary or mobile local area networks of said internet; and

309. A frequency dedicated to RF communications with the call setup system of the stationary or mobile SICOSF system of local networks of said internet; and

310. A dedicated wavelength for OSF communications with the call notification system of the SICOSF system of stationary or mobile local area networks of said internet; and

311. A frequency dedicated to RF communications with the call notification system of fixed or mobile local networks of the said SICOSF system of that network.

312. By definition:

313. The wavelength dedicated to OSF communications with that call setup system is referred to as 'Mob-SCall-LDOSF'.

314. The frequency dedicated to RF communications with that call setup system is called “Mob-SCall-fRF”.

315. The wavelength dedicated to OSF communications with that call notification system is referred to as 'Mob-SNotif-LDOSF'.

316. The frequency dedicated to RF communications with that call notification system is called “Mob-SNotif-fRF”.

317. An APDLO cellular mobile terminal with photon or adaptive optoelectronic antenna array is configured to work with the SICOSF stationary or mobile system of the IRECH-RF-OP inter-network network; this configuration is done in such a way that:

318. The Mob-SCall-LDOSF wavelength is equal to the LAN-SCall-LDOSF wavelength (*); and

319. The wavelength of Mob-Notif-LDOSF is equal to the wavelength of LAN-Notif-LDOSF (*); and

320. The Mob-SCall-fRF frequency is equal to the LAN-SCall-fRF (*) frequency; and

321. The Mob-SNotif-fRF frequency is equal to the LAN-SNotif-fRF (*) frequency.

322. (*): These RF wavelengths and frequencies are defined in part VI.B.2, relating to the main functional characteristics of the IRECH-RF-OP internetwork.

323. The main means used to make APDLO, a cellular mobile terminal or other electronic device, both with a set of adaptable photonic or optoelectronic antennas, are as follows:

324. BSDLO beacons that indicate the transmit/receive directions and wavelengths of the communications being used;

325. DTR-BSDLO detectors that identify the BSDLO beacons and current communications wavelengths of mobile terminals and other electronic devices operating in the vicinity;

326. A device for periodically selecting the edges of the box and the transmit-receive directions (SPAD), for adaptation to the various positions of said terminal and its user within an optical or hybrid RF-Optical cell or in relation to another apparatus a photonic or optoelectronic antenna with which said terminal is connected by OSF;

327. A periodic wavelength selection device (SPLO) for propagating the wavelength-hopping optical spectrum without optical interference with other similar terminals with an array of photonic or optoelectronic antennas in and located nearby OSF communications;

328. A microcontroller, programmed according to an algorithm that allows the periodic identification of the triplet « (i, j, k) ».

329. These main means used to make APDLO adaptable are part of one layer of its communications protocol.

330. In order to simplify the language, a Terminal or other Electronic Device or any Dedicated Box is referred to as “LBDBT Device” or “LBDBT”.

331. Below are two examples of protocols with means to make APDLO photonic or optoelectronic antennas adaptable; one of the protocols is for a set of two LTEBT devices, while the other is a generalization for a set of more than two devices.

332. VI.A.5 - Method of communication between two LTEBx adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antennas and LTEBz devices APDLO - Periodic searches for the identification of two triplets « (i, j, k) ».

333. Refer to figures FIG.11 to FIG.14 and FIG.17 to FIG.29 and add the prefixes "TAEDBx" and "TAEBDz" to distinguish two devices, and the suffixes "ix", "jx", "kx" and «iz», «jz», «kz»

to distinguish respectively the numbers of the edges of the boxes, the wavelength used, and the transmit-receive directions. • TAEBDx instrument (FIG.19 to FIG.29) comprises sets of photonic or optoelectronic antennas from «Lx» to «Mx», each with «Nx» transmit-receive directions where «Lx», «Mx» and «Nx » are integers greater than or equal to «1»; the matrices «Lx» of the TAEBD apparatus are designated as LBSRx-Matrix-ERix where «ix» is an integer from «1» to «Lx»; the "Lx" matrices of the LBSRx-Matrix-ERix apparatus are distributed along the "Lx" edges of the LBSR apparatus housing; the edge of the housing that is delimited by an LBSRx-Matrix-ERix is designated as LBSRx-Edge-ERix; the two BSDLO headlights of a TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix are designated as TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix-BLS-BSDLO1 and TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix-BLS-BSDLO2 and the two BSDLO headlights are designated as TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix-DTR-BSDLO1 and TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix-DTR-BSDLO2; the transmit-receive directions «Nx» common to the two BSDLO headlamps and the two detectors of a TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix set are referred to as TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix-Dirkx where «kx» is an integer from «1» to « Nx»; the transmission wavelengths «Mx» of the dual antenna «Mx» of an LTEBDx-Matrix-ERix matrix are designated as LTEBDx-Matrix-ERix-2-Antjx-Lmda-ER where «jx» is an integer ranging from «1» to «Mx».

334. The TAEBDz unit (FIG.19 to FIG.29) comprises sets "Lz" of photonic or optoelectronic antennas "Mz" with transmit-receive directions "Nz" where "Lz", "Mz" and "Nz" are integers greater than or equal to “1”; the “Lz” matrices of the TAEBDz apparatus are called TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz where “iz” is an integer ranging from “1” to “Lz”; the "Lz" TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz matrices are distributed along the "Lz" edges of the TAEBDz apparatus housing; the edge of the housing which is delimited by a TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz matrix is called TAEBDz-Edge-ERiz ; the two BSDLO headlights of a TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz are designated as TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz-BLS-BSDLO1 and TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz-BLS-BSDLO2 and the two BSDLO headlights are designated as TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz-DTR-BSDLO1 and TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz-DTR-BSDLO2; the transmit-receive directions «Nz» common to the two BSDLO headlamps and the two detector headlamps of a TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz set are referred to as TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz-Dirkz where «kz» is an integer from «1» to «Nz»; the transmit-receive wavelengths «Mz» of the dual antenna «Mz» of a TAEBDx-Matrix-ERiz matrix are denoted by TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz-2Antjz-Lmda-ER where «jz» is an integer varying from « 1» to «Mz». • communication protocol between two devices TAEDBx and TAEBDz includes periodic search means for identifying two pairs of integers « (ix0, kx0) » and « (iz0, kz0) » which are such that each time «T», the photonic antennas of TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix0 and TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz0 matrices and their respective transmit-receive directions TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix0-Dirkx0 and TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz0-Dirkz0 are suitable for OSF communication between the two devices .

335. For example, the two pairs of integers « (ix0, kx0) » and « (iz0, kz0) » can be such that :

336. the power received by the two detector beacons of the matrix TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz0 in the direction TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz0-Dirkz0, of the signals transmitted by the beacons of the matrix TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix0 in the direction TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix0-Dirkx0, is higher or equal to a previously defined threshold value; or

337. The power received by the two detector beacons of the matrix LBDBTx-Matrix-ERix0 in the direction LBDBTx-Matrix-ERix0-Dirkx0 of the signals emitted by the beacons of the matrix LBDBTz-Matrix-ERiz0 in the direction LBDBTz-Matrix-ERiz0-Dirkz0 is greater than or equal to to a previously defined threshold value.

338. The assignment of a communications wavelength, that is, the parameter "j0" to obtain the two triplets "(ix0, j0, kx0)" or "(iz0, j0, kz0)", is made on the basis of a variable list whose content varies according to the status of the ongoing communications. The content at time "T" of this variable list is obtained from the difference between a permanent list and the different wavelengths in use. The wavelengths in use are periodically obtained from the signals received by the beacon detectors TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix0-DTR-BSDLO1 and TAEBDx-Matrix- ERix0-DTR-BSDLO2 or TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz0-DTR-BSDLO1 and TAEBDz-Matrix -ERiz0-DTR-BSDLO2. The permanent list of available wavelengths is stored in a dedicated ROM installed in each device. The acquisition periods of the wavelengths in use can be set manually or automatically based on a combination of one or more signals provided by the BSDLO beacons,

with one or more signals provided by at least one accelerometer integrated in one of the TAEBD instruments.

339. For example, when the communications network formed by the two adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antenna devices TAEBDx and TAEBDz APDLO is a network with Master/Slave architecture, its communication protocol includes periodic search means to identify the edges of the two boxes and their transmit-receive directions. This means using an algorithm that proceeds as follows, or an algorithm that gives equivalent results:

340. The TAEBDx Master sends to the TAEBDz Slave by OSF and/or by RF, an assignment of a time slot number and time base synchronization signal from its means to periodically select an Edge-ERiz, i.e. a Matrix-ERiz, and a TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz-Dirkz transmit-receive direction of said Matrix; and

341. In the time allocated to the Slave TAEBDz:

342. According to the TAEBDx Master, the TAEBDz slave varies «iz» from «1» to «Lz» and «kz» from «1» to «Nz», and for each pair of integers « (iz, kz)» will cause the beacons TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz-BLS-BSDLO1 and TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz-BLS-BSDLO2 belonging to its matrix TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz to be transmitted in the transmit-receive direction TAEBDz-Matrix-ERiz-Dirkz ; and at the same time;

343. During TAEBDz slave lamp transmissions, the TAEBDx master varies «ix» from «1» to «Lx» and «kx» from «1» to «Nx», and compares for each pair of integers « (ix, kx )» the powers of the received signals in the transmission-reception direction TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix-Dirkx, by its two beacon detectors TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix-DTR-BSDLO1 and TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix-DTR-BSDLO2 at a power of previously defined reference, called IRef-Receiver ;

344. If for a pair of integers « (ix0, kx0) », the powers of the signals received by the two beacon detectors are greater than or equal to the IRef-Receiver, then the TAEBDx Master sends to the TAEBDz Slave by OSF and/or RF a search stop signal, and stores the integer pair «(ix0,kx0)» in a dedicated memory; and the LBDBRz slave stores the corresponding integer pair "(iz0, kz0)" in a dedicated memory; then go to step c);

345. Otherwise, the LLBDBx Master sends the LLBDBz Slave via OSF and/or RF a search stop signal, and stores the integer pair « (0,0) » in its dedicated memory; and the LLBDBz Slave stores the integer pair « (0,0) » in its dedicated memory; later

346. As long as the time period allocated to the LBDBTz slave has not elapsed, start over from point b1); later

347. The TAEBDz slave enters IDLE mode, waiting for the assignment of the next slot number and the sync signal to restart from step b).

348. By convention, if at a moment « T » «iz0 = 0» is defined, this means that at this moment « T » there is no possibility of optimized OSF connection between the two devices TAEBDx and TAEBDz; in this case, the TAEBDz device alerts the user by an audible and/or light signal and/or by text when «izq = 0» so that he can change his position.

349. The search periods of said periodic search means are determined automatically from one or more signals provided by at least one accelerometer integrated in one of the devices or manually by the user from a pre-recorded list in at least one of the devices .

350. VI.A.6 - Method of communication between a TAEDBx device and the « Q » devices TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2, ..., TAEBDzQ, with a set of adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antennas APDLO - Periodic searches for the identification of triplets « 2Q » « (i, j, k) ».

351 its communication protocol includes periodic search means for identifying the edges of the different boxes and their transmission-reception directions; these means use an algorithm that proceeds as follows, with a generalization of notations, or an algorithm that gives equivalent results:

352. The TAEBDx Master sends by OSF and/or by RF to the TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2, ..., TAEBDzQ Slaves, a time number assignment signal for each of them, and general synchronization of the time bases of their selection means periodicity of an Edge-ERizq, ie a Matrix-ERizq, and a transmit-receive direction TAEBDzq-Matrix-ERizq-Dirkzq of said matrix; « q » being an integer ranging from « 1 » to « Q »; and then :

353. The TAEBDx Master initializes the variable « q » to « 0 »; later

354. As long as « q » is less than « Q », follow steps d) to f); otherwise, follow step h) ;

355. The TAEBDx master increases the variable « q » by « + 1 »; later

356. While the time period assigned to the LBDBTzq slave has not elapsed, carry out steps e1) to e2), otherwise go to step f) ;

357. In accordance with the LDBTx Master, the LDBTzq Slave varies the parameter "izq" from "1" to "Lzq" and the parameter "kzq" from "1" to "Nzq", and for each pair "(izq, kzq" )', causes the TAEBDzq-Matrix-ERizq- Dirkzq headlamps to be transmitted in the direction of the transmission-reception TAEBDzq-Matrix-ERizq-BLS-BSDLO1 and TAEBDzq-Matrix-ERizq-BLS-BSDLO2 belonging to its TAEBDzq-Matrix- matrix ERizq; and simultaneously;

358. While the BSDLO headlamps of the TAEBDzq slave are transmitting, the TAEBDx Master varies parameter «ix» from «1» to «Lx» and parameter «kx» from «1» to «Nx» and compares for each pair of integers «(ix, kx)», the powers of the signals received in the transmission-reception direction TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix-Dirkx, by the two beacon detectors TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix-DTR-BSDLO1 and TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix-DTR- BSDLO2 belonging to its TAEBDx-Matrix-ERix matrix, to a previously defined reference power called IRef-Receiver ;

359. If for a pair of integers « (ixq0, kxq0) », the powers of the signals received by the two beacon detectors are greater than or equal to IRef-Receiver, then the TAEBDx Master sends to the TAEBDzq Slave by OSF and/or RF a search stop signal, and stores the pair « (ixq0, kxq0) » in a dedicated memory ; and the LBDBzq slave stores the corresponding pair "(izq0, kzq0)" in a dedicated memory; then go to step f);

360. Otherwise, the LLBDBTx Master sends the LLBDBTzq Slave via OSF and/or RF a search stop signal, and stores the integer pair « (0,0) » in its dedicated memory; and the LLBDBTzq Slave stores the integer pair « (0,0) » in its dedicated memory; then go to step e) ;

361. The AEBDzq Slave enters IDLE mode, waiting for the assignment of the next slot number and the sync signal to restart from step b); later

362. Go to step c) ;

363. The slaves « Q » TEBDz1, TEBDz2, ..., TEBDzQ, go into IDLE mode, waiting for the next allocation of slots and the synchronization signal to restart from step b).

364. By convention, for any « q » between «1» and «Q», if at a moment «T» there is «izq = 0», this means that there is no possibility of an OSF-optimized connection between the TAEBDx Master and the TAEBDzq slave at this time «T»; in this case, the TAEBDzq device alerts the user by an audible and/or light signal and/or by text when «izq = 0», so that he can change his position.

365. As in the case of two devices, the search periods of said periodic search means are determined automatically from one or more signals provided by at least one accelerometer integrated in one of the devices, or manually by the user from a pre-listed -recorded on at least one of the devices.

366. VI.A.7 - Wavelength assignment method by a TAEDBx to «Q» devices TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2, ..., TAEBDzQ with adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antenna arrays APDLO - Adaptive Jump Optical Spectrum for Transmission-Reception

367. When the communications network formed by a TAEBDx device and « Q » another TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2, ..., TAEBDzQ devices, with an adaptive photonic antenna array or APDLO optoelectronics, is a MASTER / SLAVE architecture network, the method of wavelength allocation by the TAEBDx Master for each of the « Q » Slaves TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2,…, TAEBDzQ, consists of: - a) considering the TAEBDx Master as a virtual network OPFIBRE- LAN; - b) consider the « Q » Slaves TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2,…, TAEBDzQ, as being virtual photonic pseudo-satellites.

368. Then, thanks to this transposition, it is enough to apply to this virtual local network and its virtual photonic pseudo-satellites the wavelength assignment method, as well as the adaptive jump transmit-receive optical spectrum propagation method of the wavelength of part VI.B.4.

369. VI.B - Extended Interconnection Network with Hybrid, RF and Optical Cells, having a SICOSF system

370. The IRECH-RF-OP internet is primarily intended for mobile terminals and other electronic devices with arrays of photonic or optoelectronic antennas, as described above in section III, in order to allow them to communicate with priority over the OSF, under conditions practices that offer the user great freedom of movement. Furthermore, it should be noted that OSF communications are very beneficial because they avoid the risks of brain disease or other health problems that are inherent in RF signals from mobile devices from anterior arteries; in addition, data transfer rates can be extremely high compared to an RF link; these speeds can be similar to an end-to-end wired fiber optic link while being a wireless communication system. The IRECH-RF-OP inter-network also allows you to substantially reduce RF electromagnetic pollution in closed or semi-closed environments, stationary or mobile, which are induced by local RF communication networks and terminals or other connected devices.

371. VI.B.1 - Architecture of the IRECH-RF-OP internet, having a SICOSF system composed of photonic pseudo-satellites

372. Remember that the IRECH-RF-OP inter-network is formed by the interconnection of a RTMOB-RF cellular network, an OPFIBRE-LAN local network, a BACKUP-RF-LAN supporting local network.

373. The RTMOB-RF cellular network is a prior art telephony network such as the "2G", "3G", "4G" or "5G" network or future developments or a similar network.

374. The OPFIBRE-LAN LAN is preferably a 10 Gigabit per second Ethernet or 40 Gigabit per second Ethernet or 100 Gigabit per second Ethernet or 200 Gigabit per second Ethernet or 400 Gigabit per second Ethernet. • BACKUP-RF-LAN LAN is mainly intended for: - a) RF synchronization of a time base of the OPFIBRE-LAN local network with the time base of the mobile terminal's SPAD selection device and other electronic devices with a set of photonic antennas or APDLO adaptive optoelectronics, for automatic adaptation to the positions of the latter and their users; - b) RF compensation of any untimely obstruction of the optical radiation that connects said mobile terminal or one of said electronic devices to the OPFIBRE-LAN local network.

375. The BACKUP-RF-LAN network can, for example, be built on an earlier artistic local communication standard, such as the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers' Wi-Fi® IEEE 802.11 standard, whose acronym is IEEE today operating in the frequency bands

2.4, 3.6 and 5 GHz or the Bluetooth® standard of the Bluetooth Special Interest Group, which stands for SIG, currently operating in the 2.4 GHz frequency band, as well as on future developments of these two standards.

376. The OPFIBRE-LAN and BACKUP-RF-LAN local networks must be implemented in the same environment; this environment, if stationary, should preferably be located within the coverage area of said RTMOB-RF network; if it is mobile, its route should preferably be located within said coverage area. • man of the art in the field of electronic communications networks, he can design and implement the IRECH-RF-OP inter-network. • SICOSF system is intended to be deployed in the environment of the OPFIBRE-LAN local network to which it is associated, mobile and closed or semi-closed, in an area without any obstacle to the propagation of optical radiation with appropriate wavelengths; this zone is called "SICOSF Optical Coverage Zone", in abbreviated form ZCO-SICOSF, and also constitutes the said Optical Coverage Zone of the said local network OPFIBRE-LAN. The SICOSF system communicates wirelessly, on the one hand, with the aforementioned local network OPFIBRE-LAN by means of parallel optical beams (FROP) and, on the other hand, with mobile terminals and other electronic devices with the set of photonic or optoelectronic antennas adaptive APDLO data that are in the SICOSF-OCA zone by means of pseudo-photonic satellites (FIG.42 to FIG.47, FIG.50 to FIG.55, FIG.58 to FIG.63, FIG.71 to FIG.76, FIG. FIG.79 to FIG.84, FIG.87 to FIG.92, FIG.96 to FIG.101, FIG.104 to FIG.109, FIG.112 to FIG.117).

377. Depending on their location within the SICOSF system, in order to save space and optimize your installations, the photonic pseudo-satellites are grouped in pairs or in fours (FIG.50 to FIG.55, FIG.58 to FIG.63. Fig. 79 to Fig. 84, Fig. 87 to Fig. 92, Fig. 104 to Fig. 109, Fig. 112 to Fig. 117 .

• ADAPT-COMFROP adapter (FIG.127 to FIG.132), for communication between the OPFIBRE-LAN local network and the SICOSF system, intended to be connected, on the one hand, to the OPFIBRE-LAN local network by a cable. optical fiber through the ICFO interface of the latter, and, on the other hand, to the SICOSF system by FROP beams (145ADAPT to 152ADAPT, 214ADAPT to 220ADAPT).

378. Depending on your location within the SICOSF system, in order to save space and optimize your installations, the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter can be combined with one or more photonic pseudo-satellites (FIG.133 to FIG.144). The combination of an adapter with a photonic pseudo-satellite is intended to be connected, on the one hand, to the OPFIBR-LAN local network by a fiber optic cable through the ICFO interface of the latter and, on the other hand, to the SICOSF system by FROP beams (157ADAPT-B11 to 161ADAPT-B11, 163ADAPT-B11, 165ADAPT-B11, 221ADAPT-B11 to 227ADAPT-B11); it is the same for a combination of an adapter with a set of two photonic pseudo-satellites (168ADAPT-B11A21 to 172ADAPT-B11A21, 174ADAPT-B11A21), 177ADAPT-B11A21, 182ADAPT-B11A21 to 190ADAPT-B11A21, 192ADAPT-B11-A21, 200ADAPT-B11A21 B11A21 to 205ADAPT-B11A21, 207ADAPT-B11A21, 228ADAPT-B11A21 to 243ADAPT-B11A21).

379. A photonic pseudo-satellite (FIG.42 to FIG.47, FIG.71 to FIG.76, FIG.96 to FIG.101) can be defined as a device that operates without a power supply or electrical connection cable or optical, and with a chassis equipped with components that mainly allow it (FIG.34 to FIG.39):

380. Collecting (34CONROi) by optical concentration, in the form of quasi-point sources, optical radiation from sources located in a specific area of space and properly oriented, and then transforming (34CONSOP) these quasi-point sources into a FRO P beam; and

381. Diffuse (35DIFFROi) so as to cover this specific area, the optical radiation it receives in the form of FROP beams, after having transformed each FROP beam into near point sources (35CONFROP); and

382. Deflectors by an angle with a preset value (36DEVIFROP4, 36DEVIFROP3, 37DEVIFROP2, 38DEVIFROP1, 39DEVIFROP1, 39DEVIFROP2, 39DEVIFROP3, 39DEVIFROP4) one or more FROP beams that pass through it appropriately.

383. This specific area of the Pseudo-Satellite is called the « Pseudo-Satellite Optical Coverage Area », abbreviated as « Pseudo-Satellite OCA ». • number of photonic components that populate a pseudo-satellite depends on its location within the SICOSF system (FIG.119, FIG.120, FIG.125, FIG.126). The chassis of a photonic pseudo-satellite is called "PSAT-CHASSIS", and is composed of three main parts called "PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME", "PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE" and "PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE" (FIG. 42, FIG.44, FIG.46, FIG.71, FIG.73, FIG.75, FIG.96, FIG.98, FIG.100). Being a precision device, a photonic pseudo-satellite has an attached orthonormal marker (FIG.118), engraved on the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part, called «Clean Mark RO-OX-OY-OZ» whose center is the point O and the three axes are OX, OY, OZ.

384. The PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME portion (FIG.40 to FIG.42, FIG.69 to FIG.71, FIG.94 to FIG.96) has a hollow quarter hemisphere with center Od and radius Rd. to be coated, in its quarterly-hemispheric portion, mainly with the following components:

385. A set of optical radiation concentrators with «N» or without image, each in the abbreviated form «CONRO», where «N» is an integer greater than or equal to «1», making the transformation possible (FIG.31, 66, 67, 93 to 95) in a set of "N" quasi-point radiation sources with appropriate wavelengths and whose sources are located at different locations in the PSAT-OCA zone, which is included in the SICOSF-OCA zone. These concentrators are oriented in such a way that their symmetry axes are practically simultaneous at point Od (FIG.69 to FIG.70); as a result, the PSAT-OCA zone is essentially contained in the central cone of the Od, whose direction is the curve defined by the contour of the fourth hemispherical surface of the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME; in other words, this corresponds to the part of this cone whose points lie at a distance from the center of the Od comprised between Rd and a previously defined Maximum Distance, denoted Dmax; recall that the numerical value in steradians of the solid angle defined by such a cone is equal to π/2.

386. A set of "N" standard optical or holographic radiation scatterers, each abbreviated to "DIFFRO", allowing propagation (FIG.32, FIG.33, FIG. 6.67, FIG.93 to FIG.95) a set of "N" quasi-point radiation sources of appropriate wavelengths, substantially increasing their dimensions and scattering them in the zone

OSA-PSAT. These Diffusers are oriented (FIG.69 to FIG.70) in such a way that their symmetry axes are practically simultaneous at point Od; so that said pre-defined space zone is the same as that of the Hubs.

387. A protective cover for the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME CONRO Optical Concentrators and DIFFRO Diffusers (44PSAT-DCDC- CHASSIS-DOME-COVER, 71PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED, 96PSAT-LSI-CDC-CHASSIS-DOME- COVER), transparent to optical radiation of appropriate wavelengths.

388. The PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE portion (FIG.42 to FIG.47, FIG.71 to FIG.76, FIG.96 to FIG.100, FIG.119, FIG.120) includes several abbreviated optical beam conduits as OFC, distributed over one or more levels, usually with four behaviors per level. When it is desired to decouple several sectors of a photonic pseudo-satellite in order to be able to control those sectors independently of one another, then four additional conduits per sector and so on are provided; in this case, these sectors are considered as independent photonic pseudo-satellites but are referred to as "photonic sub-satellites". CFO conduits belonging to the same level are characterized by having the same plane of symmetry, referred to as the "Level Plan", abbreviated to PNIV. The different PNIV planes of a photonic pseudo-satellite are parallel and equidistant; they are numbered if there are at least two level plans, namely PNIV1, PNIV2, etc. (43PINV1, 45PNIV1, 45PNIV2, 47PNIV1 to 47PNIV4, 72PINV1, 74PNIV1, 74PNIV2, 76PNIV1 to 76PNIV4, 97PINV1, 99PNIV1, 99PNIV2, 101PNIV1 to 101PNIV4). The CFO conduits of the same pseudo-photonic satellite belonging to the PNIV plane whose number is equal to the integer « k » are called PNIVk-CFO1, PNIVk-CFO2, PNIVk-CFO3, PNIVk-CFO4 ; for example, PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4 for the PNIV1 plan and PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2, PNIV2-CFO3, PNIV2-CFO4 for the PNIV2 plan and so on (42PNIV1-CFO1 to 42PNIV1-CFO4, 44PNIV2-CFO1 to 44PNIV2-CFO4, 46PNIV4-CFO1 to 46PNIV4-CFO4, 71PNIV1-CFO1 to 71PNIV1-CFO4, 73PNIV2-CFO1 to 73PNIV2-CFO4, 75PNIV4-CFO1 to 75PNIV4-CFO1 to 96PNIV1-CFO4, 96 -CFO4, 98PNIV2-CFO1 to 98PNIV2-CFO4, 100PNIV4- CFO1 to 100PNIV4-CFO4). When the photonic pseudo-satellite has only one level, then the four CFO conduits are called PNIV-CFO1, PNIV-CFO2, PNIV-CFO3, PNIV-CFO4 and if there is no confusion then they are called CFO1, CFO2, CFO3, CFO4. The inner surface of each of said CFO ducts can be described as the union of two parts belonging to two cylindrical surfaces whose generating lines D1 and D2 are perpendicular and whose orientation curves are two rectangles or two squares or two circles with the same dimensions .

389. The PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part is intended to be filled mainly with the following components (FIG.119, FIG.120) :

390. A point source for the CONSOP optical converter, allowing to transform (FIG.33, FIG.34, 119CONSOP, 120CONSOP) a quasi point source of radiation into an emerging FROP beam. The CONSOP converter is a centered optical system, connected to the aforementioned group of concentrators «N» by an optical coupler (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER), called «CONSOP-CPLR», whose number of inputs is equal to «N» and the number of outputs is equal to “1”; this type of coupler is generally known in the field of photonics as a 'combiner'. This converter is placed in a CFO conduit belonging to the PNIVk level plane.

391. A FROP optical beam converter, abbreviated to CONFROP, which transforms (FIG.33, FIG.35, 119CONFROP, 120CONFROP) an incident FROP beam into a quasi-point radiation source. The CONFROP converter, which is identical to the CONSOP converter except that it does not have the same role as the latter, is connected to the aforementioned group of "N" Diffusers by an optical coupler (35OPCOUPLER-SPLITTER), called "CONFROP-CPLR", whose number of inputs is equal to “1” and the number of outputs is equal to “N”; this type of coupler is generally known in the photonics field as a «Splitter». This converter is placed in a CFO conduit belonging to the same PNIVk level plane as the CONSOP converter.

392. Depending on the pseudophotonic satellite's location within the SICOSF system, some OFC conduits have FROP beam deflectors, abbreviated to DEVIFROP, which are catoptric systems designed to deflect any incident FROP beam by an angle equal to «90°» (FIG .36 to FIG. 39, 36DEVIFROP4, 36DEVIFROP3, 37DEVIFROP2, 38DEVIFROP1, 39DEVIFROP1, 39DEVIFROP2, 39DEVIFROP3, 39DEVIFROP1, 119DEVIFROP3, 119DEVIFROP4).

393. Two protective covers for CFO conduits, which are transparent to optical radiation of appropriate wavelengths.

394. The PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE part (FIG.42, FIG.44, FIG.46, FIG.71, FIG.73, FIG.75, FIG.96, FIG.98, FIG.100, FIG.121, FIG. 122) is fixed by screwing on the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part and by gluing on the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part for assembly and contains the following main elements:

395. A drum of fiber optic windings called PSAT-DRUM and a cradle called PSAT-CRADLE placed inside said drum. The PSAT-CRADLE cradle is intended to be occupied by the CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-SPLITTER) optocouplers. The PSAT-DRUM drum (121INTERFACE-DRUM) is intended to wind the optical fibers (34N-CONRO-FROP, 35FROP-N-DIFFRO) of said couplers before being connected respectively, on the one hand, to the CONSOP converter (34CONSOP) and to the “N” CONRO concentrator group, and on the other hand, to the CONFROP converter (35CONFROP) and to the “N” diffuser group. The diameter of the PSAT-DRUM drum must be such that the winding around said optical fibers makes it possible to respect the technical restrictions inherent to any optical fiber, that is, the minimum radius of curvature below which serious degradations in performance can result.

396. Two closing/unlocking devices for the protective cover of the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME (FIG.121). The latch of each of these devices (121INTERFACE-LATCH1, 121INTERFACE-LATCH2) engages by pressure and disengages by friction.

397. In order to optimize the construction of a SICOSF system, photonic pseudo-satellites which are intended to be found side by side in two, three or four in the formation of optical cells, can be replaced respectively by a duo, a trio, or a quartet of photonic equivalent pseudo-satellites, termed DUO-PSAT, TRIO-PSAT and QUATUOR-PSAT or QUAT-PSAT respectively. These groupings are like duo (FIG.51, FIG.53, FIG.55, FIG.80, FIG.82, FIG.84, FIG.105, FIG.107, FIG.109), trio and quartet (FIG.59, FIG.61, FIG.63, FIG.88, FIG.90, FIG.92, FIG.113, FIG.115, FIG. 117) allow to reduce the dimensions of the assembly and share certain elements such as fiber optic winding drums and the cradles of the CONSOP-CPLR and CONFROP-CPLR optical couplers; in fact, only one drum and one cradle are used instead of two, three or four. The DUO-PSAT, TRIO-PSAT and QUAT-PSAT are obtained through the remodeling of the corresponding parts of the photonic pseudo-satellite structures that compose them; after the remodeling, the parts of the structures are called DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE and DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS-INTERFACE, for those of the DUO-PSAT; TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE and TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE, for those of TRIO-PSAT; FOUR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, FOUR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE and FOUR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE, for those of FOUR-PSAT.

398. The DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME portion comprises a portion in the form of a hollow hemisphere (FIG.48 to FIG.50, FIG.77 to FIG.79, FIG.102 to FIG.104) with a Central Od and radius Rd, comprising CONRO « 2 x N » optical concentrators, DIFFRO « 2 x N » optical diffusers. The TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part comprises a portion in the form of a hollow hemisphere three quarters of the center Od and radius Rd, comprising CONRO «3 x N» optical concentrators, DIFFRO «3 x N» optical diffusers. The FOUR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME portion has a hemisphere-shaped portion (FIG.56 to FIG.58, FIG.85 to FIG.87, FIG.110 to FIG.112, FIG.113 to FIG.114). ) hollow with central Od and radius Rd, comprising « 4 x N » CONRO optical concentrators, « 4 x N » DIFFRO optical diffusers; «N» is an integer greater than or equal to «1» representing the number of CONRO optical concentrators and DIFFRO optical diffusers of a pseudo-photonic satellite. The Proprietary Marker of each of these groups is the Proprietary Marker of one of the pseudo-satellites that compose it, namely a R-O-OX-OY-OZ marker (FIG.118).

399. By definition, the set of interdependent photonic pseudo-satellites (FIG.145 to FIG.243) that make up a SICOSF system is called the “Photonic pseudo-satellite array”. In addition, a set of pseudo-photonic satellites where the axes of the FROP routes are parallel or orthogonal is referred to as a 'canonical set of pseudo-photonic satellites'; in this case, the number of CFO conduits per level is usually equal to four. The route of a FROP beam from its starting point to its arrival point is referred to as a 'Photonic Route' or 'Photonic Route'. The set of FROP beam paths of a pseudo-satellite photonic network is called “Photonic-Route-Network” or “Photonic-Route-Network”.

400. An ADAPT-COMFROP adapter (FIG.127 to FIG.132) for FROP beam communication can be defined as a device that works without a power supply or electrical connection cable, but with a fiber optic cable (127OPTICAL- FIBER-HOLE, 128OPTICAL-

FIBER-HOLE, 130OPTICAL-FIBER-HOLE, 132OPTICAL-FIBER-HOLE), and with a chassis equipped with components that mainly allow you to:

401. Collect all FROP beams (14641A11, 14641D11, 14641B11, 14641C11, 14741A11, 14741D11, 14741B11, 14741C11, 14841A11, 14841D11, 14841D11, 14841B11, 14841B11, 149B11, 14941D11, 150B11, 14941A11, 150B11, 15041C11, 15141A11, 15141D11, 15141B11, 15141C11, 15241A11, 15241D11, 15241B11, 15241C11) generated by photonic pseudosatellites (145A11, 145B11, 145C11, 145D11, 146A11, 146B11, 147C11, 147C11, 146D) , 148A11, 148B11, 148C11, 148D11, 149A11, 149B11, 149C11, 149D11, 150A11, 150B11, 150C11, 150D11, 151A11, 151B11, 151C11, 151C11, 151D11, 152A11, 152B11, 150B11, 150C11, 150D11, 151A11, 151B11, 151C11, 151C11, 151D11, 152A11, 152B11, 15F11, 152B of the system (system 15F11) .145 (FIG.156) to convert them into as many quasi-point sources of optical radiation as there are pseudo-photonic satellites, then transmit each of said quasi-point sources through an optical fiber dedicated to the local network OPFIBRE-LAN;

402. Transmit to each of the photonic pseudosatellites (145A11, 145B11, 145C11, 145D11, 146A11, 146B11, 146C11, 146D11, 147A11, 147B11, 147C11, 147D11, 147D11, 148A11, 148B11, 148C11, 149C11, 149D11, 150A11, 150B11, 150C11, 150D11, 151A11, 151B11, 151C11, 151C11, 151D11, 152A11, 152B11, 152B11, 152C11, 152D11) of the SICOSF system (FIG.145 to FIG.11156) is a dedicated beam FRAOP , 14642D11, 14642B11, 14642C11, 14742A11, 14742D11, 14742B11, 14742C11, 14842A11, 14842D11, 14842B11, 14842C11, 14942A11, 14942D11, 14942B11, 14942D11, 14742B11, 14742C11, 14842A11, 14842D11, 14842B11, 14842C11, 14942A11, 14942D11, 14942B11, 14942C11,42D11,42D1512 15042D11, 15042D11,15042A11,15042D11,15042A11,15042D11,15042A11 , 15242B11, 15242C11), obtained by converting a dedicated quasi-point source of optical radiation, received by a dedicated optical fiber coming from the ICFO interface of the OPFIBRE-LAN local network.

403. NB: By convention, a FROP beam emitted by a pseudo-photonic satellite 'PSAT-Xij or Xij or X' is called '41Xij or 41X'; a FROP beam destined for a pseudo-photonic satellite 'PSAT-Xij or Xij or X' is called '42Xij or 42X'; the method to designate the pseudo-photonic satellites of a SICOSF system is detailed in the paragraphs related to the realization of canonical matrices. • Chassis of an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter is called an "ADAPT- CHASSIS" and is composed of three main parts (FIG.127, FIG.129, FIG.131), called "ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE" (127ADAPT-CHASSIS- BASE, 129ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE, 131DAPT-CHASSIS-BASE), «ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE» (127ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE, 129ADAPT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE, 131DAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE), and «ADAPT- CHASSIS-PROTECTIVE COVER » (127ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 128ADAPT-CASSSIS-COVER, 129ADAPT-CASSSIS-COVER, 130ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 131DAPT-CASSSIS-COVER, 132ADAPT-CASSSIS-COVER). Being a precision device, an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter has a connected orthonormal marker engraved on the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE part, called «Clean Mark RO-OX-OY-OZ», whose center is the point O and the three axes are OX , OY, OZ.

404. The ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE part has one or more through holes for fiber optic cables to connect the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter to the OPFIBRE-LAN LAN via the ICFO interface of the latter (128OPFIBER-HOLE, 130OPFIBER-HOLE, 132OPFIBER- HOLE); it also includes, like the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part of the photonic pseudo-satellite chassis, several CFO conduits distributed in one or more levels at a rate of four per PNIV Level Plan (127PNIV1, 128PNIV1, 129PNIV2, 131PNIV4); the different Level Planes are parallel and equidistant; the Level Plans and the CFO conduits are numbered in the same way as those in the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part (127PNIV1-CFO1, 127PNIV1-CFO2), 127PNIV1-CFO3, 127PNIV1-CFO4, 129PNIV2- CFO1, 129PNIV2-CFO2, 129PNIV2- CFO3, 129PNIV2-CFO4, 131PNIV4-CFO1, 131PNIV4-CFO2, 131PNIV4-CFO3, 131PNIV4-CFO4-CFO4). The number of levels is at least equal to the number of levels of a photonic pseudo-satellite of the SICOSF system, with all pseudosatellites belonging to the same SICOSF system preferably having the same number of levels. Unlike a pseudo-photonic satellite, the CFO conduits of the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter are exclusively dedicated to the aforementioned CONSOP and CONFROP optical converters (FIG.33) for the exchange of optical signals by FROP beams between the OPFIBRE-LAN local network and the SICOSF system. The inner surface of each of the CFO conduits can be described as a portion of a cylindrical surface whose guiding curve is a rectangle or a square or a circle. The ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE part is mainly intended for installing the following components:

405. Various CONSOP optical converters (128CONSOP, 130CONSOP, 132CONSOP) with a photonic pseudo-satellite converter included in the SICOSF system.

406. Various CONFROP optical converters (128CONFROP, 130CONFROP, 132CONFROP) with a photonic pseudo-satellite converter included in the SICOSF system.

407. Protective covers for CFO conduits, transparent to optical radiation of appropriate wavelengths.

408. The ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE part (127ADAPT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE, 129ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE) is similar to that of a DUO-PSAT (123DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE) and is screwed onto the ADAPT-CHASSIS- part BASE and is composed of the following main elements:

409. A fiber optic winding drum (123 INTERFACE-DRUM) called an 'ADAPT-DRUM' and, if necessary, a cradle, called an 'ADAPT-CRADLE' which is placed inside that drum. The ADAPT-DRUM drum is intended for winding optical fibers allowing the CONSOP and CONFROP optical converters to be connected to the ICFO interface of the OPFIBRE-LAN LAN. The diameter of the ADAPT-DRUM drum is such that the winding around these optical fibers makes it possible to respect the technical restrictions inherent to any optical fiber.

410. Four ADAPT-CHASSIS-PROTECTIVE COVER lock/unlock devices (123INTERFACE-LATCH1, 123INTERFACE-LATCH2, 123INTERFACE-LATCH3, 123INTERFACE-LATCH4). The latch on each of these devices is pressure actuated and friction disengaged.

411. The ADAPT-CHASSIS-PROTECTIVE COVER part (127ADAPT- CHASSIS-COVER, 128ADAPT- CHASSIS-COVER, 129ADAPT- CHASSIS-COVER, 130ADAPT- CHASSIS-COVER, 132ADAPT- CHASSIS-COVER) is a protective cover for the upper part of the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter; can be opaque. This protection cover is fixed to the ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE part thanks to the four locking/unlocking devices by latches.

412. In order to optimize the construction of a SICOSF system, an ADAPT-COMFROP adapter can be integrated directly into one or more modified pseudo-photonic satellites to form a single combined device; the modifications are carried out so that the pseudo-photonic satellites of the combined device can communicate with the OPFIBRE-LAN LAN via optical fibers without using FROP beams. The resulting combined devices are referred to as "COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT", "COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT", "COMBINED-ADAPT-TRIO-PSAT", "COMBINED-ADAPT-QUATUOR-PSAT", if combined with a, two, three, four modified pseudo-photonic satellites, respectively (FIG.133 to FIG.144).

413. Canonical photonic pseudo-satellite networks are classified into two categories, called «Elementary Canonical Network of Photonic Pseudo-Satellites", abbreviated to RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC and "Canonical Network Composed of Photonic Pseudo-Satellites", abbreviated to RCC - PSAT-PHOTONIC.

414. Realization of the RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC network: The RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC elementary canonical network of photonic pseudo-satellites (FIG.145 to FIG.167) is intended to cover an area of space in the form of a rectangular parallelepiped with a length equal to "a", a width equal to "b" and a height equal to "h", called "Enveloping Optical Cell" or "Envelopping Optical Cell", abbreviated to ENVOPCell or Cell, whose base is delimited on the floor by a rectangle ABCD with a length equal to «a» a width equal to «b» where «a» and «b» are numbers less than 6.25m and «h» a number between 2.50m and 2.80m. Furthermore, it is advantageous to choose "a" and "b" the same; for example, when choosing «a» and «b» equal to 5.50m, the «S» value of the covered area is equal to approximately 30.25m2. The three numbers «a», «b», «h» are the characteristic constants of the RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC network. Since the relatively precise positioning of the photonic pseudosatellites relative to one another is essential, it is advantageous to define an ortho-normal marker R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1 (FIG.145, FIG.146, FIG.157, FIG.158, FIG.214 to FIG.216) connected to the ENVOPCell cell and whose origin is the point O1 and the three axes are O1X1, O1Y1, O1Z1; this marker is chosen so that its origin O1 coincides with the vertex A of the rectangle ABCD and its axes O1X1 and O1Y1 are respectively parallel to the sides AB and AD; axis O1Z1 being the line orthogonal to the plane of the rectangle ABCD and passing through point A and is oriented positively from the ground to the top of the ENVOPCell cell. The RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC matrix has two main variants, called "RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type I" and "RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type II".

415. The RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type I variant (FIG.145 to FIG.156, FIG.214 to FIG.220) is the first of its kind.) is optimized for connection to the OPFIBRE-LAN LAN by an adapter ADAPT-COMFROP; comprises four pseudo-photonic satellites called 'PSAT-A', 'PSAT-B', 'PSAT-C' and 'PSAT-D'; if there is no likelihood of confusion, they are also called 'A', 'B', 'C' and 'D' respectively. Among the many possibilities, the position of the ADAPT-COMFROP Adapter within the RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type I Network can be realized in such a way that in the orthonormal marker R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1, on the one hand, the coordinates of the origin O of its own reference frame RO-OX-OY-OZ are equal to the numbers "a/2", "0" and "h" and, on the other hand, the axes OX and OZ are respectively parallel to the axes O1Y1 and O1Z1 but in opposite directions; while the OY axis is parallel to the O1Y1 axis and in the same direction.

416. The RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type II variant (FIG.157 to FIG.167, FIG.221 to FIG.227) is optimized for a connection to the OPFIBRE-LAN LAN by a COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT adapter; it differs from Type I in that one of the pseudo-photonic satellites is replaced by this adapter which, as specified in a previous paragraph, is a combination of the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter and a modified pseudo-photonic satellite. All devices on the canonical network RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC have CFO conduits at a single level.

417. The main characteristics of the RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type I and RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type II variants are as follows:

418. Canonical Elemental Network RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type I (FIG.145 to FIG.156, FIG.214 to FIG.220): The composition and deployment of the four photonic pseudo-satellites PSAT-A, PSAT-B, PSAT -C and PSAT-D are performed as follows:

419. PSAT-A photonic pseudo-satellite deployment coordinates and composition (FIG.125, FIG.153, 153A11): The CONSOP optical converter is installed in the CFO3 conduit so that the FROP beam (15341A11) emerging from the near source conversion -point is parallel to the OY of the proper marker (FIG.118). The CONFROP optical converter is installed in the CFO4 conduit so that the incident FROP beam (15342A11), which is parallel to the OY of the appropriate mark, can be converted to an almost real optical source. There are two DEVIFROP deflectors that are installed in the CFO1 and CFO2 ducts; the DEVIFROP (15371D11) of the CFO1 conduit is designed to deflect any incoming FROP beam parallel to the OX axis of the appropriate datum by 90° to make it parallel to the OY axis; the DEVIFROP (15372D11) of the CFO2 conduit is adapted to deflect any incoming FROP beam parallel to the OY axis of the appropriate datum by 90° to make it parallel to the OX axis. The position of the photonic pseudo-satellite PSAT-A (153A11) within the matrix RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC is such that in the ortho-normal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1, the coordinates of the origin O of its own frame reference values RO-OX-OY-OZ are equal to the numbers "0", "0" and "h" and, on the other hand, the axes OX and OY are respectively parallel and in the same direction as the axes O1Y1 and O1X1 ; while the OZ axis is parallel to the O1Z1 axis, but in the opposite direction, i.e. oriented towards the ground.

420. Composition and deployment coordinates of the Photonic Pseudo-Satellite PSAT-B (FIG.125, FIG.154, 154B11): The composition and deployment coordinates of the Photonic Pseudo-Satellite PSAT-B are performed in such a way that they become symmetrical of the Photonic Pseudo-Satellite PSAT-A in relation to the plane orthogonal to the axis O1X1 at the point whose abscissa is equal to « a/2 » in the ortho-normal mark R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1- O1Z1.

421. Composition and deployment coordinates of the PSAT-C photonic pseudo-satellite (FIG.126, FIG.155, 155C11): It does not have a DEVIFROP deflector. The CONSOP optical converter is installed in the CFO1 conduit so that the FROP beam (15541C11) emerging from the quasi-point source conversion is parallel to the OX axis of its own reference frame (FIG.118). The CONFROP optical converter is installed in the CFO2 conduit so that the incident FROP beam (15542C11), which is parallel to the OX axis, can be converted into an almost point optical source. The position of the photonic pseudo-satellite PSAT-C (155C11) within the RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC network is such that in the orthonormal mark R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1, the coordinates of the origin O of its own frame of reference RO- OX-OY-OZ are equal to the numbers «a», «b» and «h» and, on the other hand, the axes OX, OY and OZ are respectively parallel to the axes O1Y1, O1X1 and O1Z1, but in opposite directions.

422. Composition and deployment coordinates of the pseudo photonic satellite PSAT-D (FIG.126, FIG.156), 156D11): The composition and deployment coordinates of the pseudo photonic satellite PSAT-D (156D11) are performed in a manner to become symmetrical to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-C with respect to the plane orthogonal to the O1X1 axis at the point whose abscissa is equal to « a/2 » in the ortho-normal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1- O1Y1-O1Z1.

423. Canonical network RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type II (FIG.157 to FIG.167, FIG.221 to FIG.227): The difference between this network and the canonical network RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type I is that the Photonic Pseudo-Satellite PSAT-B is replaced by an adapter called COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT, with reference to the pseudo-satellite it replaces, COMBINED-ADAPT- PSAT-B and whose deployment coordinates are identical to those of the Photonic Pseudo-Satellite PSAT- B of the canonical network RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type I. The COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT-B adapter (158ADAPT-B11, 159ADAPT-B11, 160ADAPT-B11, 161ADAPT-B11, 163ADAPT-B11, 165ADAPT-B11) does not have, naturally, DEVIFROP derailleur and its optical converters are distributed as follows:

424. Two CONFROP optical converters (16562D11, 16562C11) are installed in the CFO1 conduit so that the two incident FROP beams (16541D11, 16541C11) can be converted into two quasi-point optical sources, one of which is parallel to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the private label.

425. Two CONSOP optical converters (16561D11, 16561C11) are installed in the CFO2 conduit in such a way that the two emerging FROP beams (16542D11, 16542C11) from the conversion of two quasi-point sources are parallel to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the suitable marker.

426. A CONFROP optical converter (16562A11) is installed in the CFO3 conduit so that an incident FROP beam (16541A11) parallel to the OX axis of the appropriate marker can be converted to a quasi-optical source.

427. A CONSOP optical converter (16561A11) is installed in the CFO4 conduit so that the FROP beam (16542A11) emerging from the conversion of a quasi-point source is parallel to the OX axis of the Clean Rep.

428. Realization of the RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC network (FIG.168 to FIG.212, FIG.228 to FIG.243): The composite canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC is intended to cover large areas of space in the form of a rectangular parallelepiped whose length is equal to 'm' times the length 'a' of the canonical network RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC and whose width is equal to 'n' times the width 'b'; the height is unchanged, i.e. equal to the number 'h'; «m» and «n» being integers other than zero; furthermore, it is advantageous to choose the numbers «a» and «b» the same; the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC is a generalization of the RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC, which corresponds to the case «m = n = 1».

429. The composite canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC is a juxtaposition of 'm x n' ENVOPCell cells, as described above in the section on the elementary canonical network RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC ; this set of cells forms a matrix of surrounding optical cells, in the algebraic sense of the term, in abbreviated form M-ENVOPCell or Cell, having columns «m» and rows «n» whose elements are called «ENVOPCellij» or «Cellij»; the ENVOPCellij cell being the one in the column and the row whose numbers are respectively equal to «i» and «j». The parameters «i» and «j» are independent and each of them can be greater than or equal to «1»; for «a = b = 5.50m» taking, for example, «m» equal to «1» and «n» equal to «2» we obtain a floor area «S» of 60.50 m2 ; for example, taking «m» equal to «2» and «n» equal to «2» gives a floor area «S» of 121m2; for example, taking «m» equal to «2» and «n» equal to «4» gives a floor area «S» of about 242m2. The orthonormal marker R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1 linked to the matrix M-ENVOPCell is defined in the same way as in the case of the elementary network RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC. Each ENVOPCell-ij cell where "i" is an integer between "1" and "m" and "j" is an integer between "1" and "n", has four pseudo-photonic satellites called "PSAT-A- Cellij", "PSAT-B-Cellij", "PSAT-CC-Cellij", "PSAT-D-Cellij" or "PSAT-Aij", "PSAT-Bij", "PSAT-Cij", "PSAT-Dij" , «PSAT-Dij» if confusion is not to be expected. When the photonic pseudo-satellites PSAT-Xpq, PSAT-Yrs, PSAT-Ztu, PSAT-Tvw are grouped in duet, trio or quartet, then they are respectively called «DUO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs», «TRIO-PSAT-Xpq -Yrs-Ztu” and “QUAT-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs-Ztu-Tvw”; «X», «Y», «Z», «T» are letters different from each other belonging to the set {A, B, C, D}; «p», «r», «t», «v» are integers between «1» and «m»; «q», «s», «u», «w» are integers between «1» and «n». Unlike the pseudo-satellites of the canonical network RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC, the CFO ducts of the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC are at one or more levels. RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC canonical networks are classified into several categories according to the number of levels of CFO conduits they have; those with one, two, three, four levels and so on are referred to as "RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-OneLevel", "RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels", "RCC-PSAT-

PHOTONIC-ThreeLevels", "RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FourLevels", and so on. Each of these categories has three main variants that are optimized for connection to the OPFIBRE-LAN network via ADAPT-COMFROP, COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT, COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapters. The following variants of the canonical network RCC-PSAT- PHOTONIC are those of the categories RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-OneLevel, RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels and RCC- PSAT-PHOTONIC-FourLevels. The variants are as follows:

430. Realization of the composite canonical network RCC-PSAT- PHOTONIC-OneLevel-Type I: This is the optimized variant for the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter. It is a special case with a single ENVOPCell cell, that is, case « m = n = 1 » , which makes it simply an elementary canonical network RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type I, as the one performed previously (FIG.145 to FIG. 156, FIG.214 to FIG.220).

431. Realization of the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-OneLevel-Type II (FIG.168 to FIG.181): This is the optimized variant for the COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT adapter. It is a special case with a single ENVOPCell cell, making it simply an elementary canonical network RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type II, like the one previously realized (FIG.157 to FIG.167, FIG.221 to FIG.227).

432. Realization of the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-OneLevel-Type IIE (FIG.168 to FIG.181, FIG228 to FIG.234): This is the optimized variant for the COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapter. This network is obtained by adding to the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-OneLevel-Type II (FIG.157 to FIG.167, FIG.221 to FIG.227) its symmetry in relation to the plane orthogonal to the axis O1X1 at the point whose abscissa is equal to «a» in the ortho-normal mark R1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1. The realization of this symmetry is accompanied by some simplifications made by grouping two photonic pseudo-satellites. Thus, the canonical network RCC-PSAT- PHOTONIC-OneLevel-Type IIE comprises two cells ENVOPCell11 and ENVOPCell21 forming a matrix M-ENVOPCell whose number of columns is equal to «2» and the number of rows is equal to «1» and where the ENVOPCell21 cell is the symmetric of the ENVOPCell11 cell which is identical to the ENVOPCell cell of the elementary canonical network RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type II. The four Pseudophotonic satellites of the ENVOPCell11 cell are typically PSAT-A11, PSAT-B11, PSAT-C11, PSAT-D11 and the four Pseudophotonic satellites of the ENVOPCell-21 cell are PSAT-A21, PSAT-B21, PSAT-C21 , PSAT-D21. However, being a canonical network of Type

IIE, the COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT-B11 adapter and its symmetric, called COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT-A21, are replaced by the COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapter which has two modified pseudo-satellites which are their equivalents ; this adapter is referred to, with reference to the two pseudo-satellites PSAT-B11 and PSAT-A21 it replaces, as COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT-B11-A21. Furthermore, due to their particular location in the SICOSF system, the pseudo-satellites PSAT-C11 and PSAT-D21 are suitable for forming the double DUO-PSAT-C11-D21; which corresponds in the generic name DUO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs in case “X” is equal to “C”; «Y» is equal to «D»; «p», «r» respectively equal to «1» and «2»; «q», «s» respectively equal to «1» and «1». The composition and deployment coordinates of the six photonic pseudo-satellites PSAT-A11, PSAT-D11, PSAT-B21, PSAT-C21, DUO-PSAT-C11-D21 are carried out as follows:

433. Photonic pseudosatellites PSAT-A11 and PSAT-D11: The two photonic pseudosatellites PSAT-A1.1 (173A11) and PSAT-D1.1 (173D11) are respectively identical to the photonic pseudosatellites PSAT-A (161A11) , 162A11) and PSAT-D (161D11, 162D11) of the elementary canonical matrix RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type II (FIG.157 to FIG.167) and have the same deployment coordinates.

434. PSAT-B21 and PSAT-C21 photonic pseudo-satellites: The composition and deployment coordinates of PSAT-B21 photonic pseudo-satellites (169B21, 170B21, 171B21, 175B21) and PSAT-C21 (169C21, 170C21, 171C21) . R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1.

435. Clustering of two photonic pseudo-satellites DUO-PSAT-C11-D21: The composition and deployment coordinates of the PSAT-C11 part of the DUO-PSAT-C11-D21 set (171C11D21, 172C11D21, 174C11D21) are identical to those of the pseudo- photonic satellite PSAT-C (157C11, 159C11, 160C11, 161C11, 163C11, 166C11) of the elementary canonical lattice RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type II (FIG.157 to FIG.167). The composition of the part corresponding to PSAT-D21 of the DUO-PSAT-C11-D21 group is such that the latter is the symmetric of the part PSAT-C11 in relation to the plane orthogonal to the OX axis at point O of the appropriate reference of the DUO-PSAT- C11-D21.

436. Realization of the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels-Type I: This is the optimized variant for the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter. This network is composed of two cells ENVOPCell11 and ENVOPCell12 forming an M-ENVOPCell matrix with a number of columns equal to «1» and a number of rows equal to «2»; the four photonic pseudo satellites of the ENVOPCell11 cell are therefore normally PSAT-A11, PSAT-B11, PSAT-C11, PSAT-D11 and the four photonic pseudo satellites of the ENVOPCell-12 cell are PSAT-A12, PSAT-B12, PSAT- C12, PSAT-D12. However, due to their location in the SICOSF system, the pseudo-photonic satellites PSAT-C11 and PSAT-B12 are suitable for forming the pair DUO-PSAT-C11-B12; which corresponds in the generic name DUO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs in case “X” is equal to “C”; «Y» is equal to «B»; «p» and «r» are respectively equal to «1» and «1»; «q» and «s» are respectively equal to «1» and «1». The pseudo-photonic satellites PSAT-D11 and PSAT-A12 are suitable for forming the duo DUO-PSAT-D11-A12; which corresponds to the generic name DUO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs in case “X” is equal to “C”; «Y» is equal to «A»; «p» and «r» respectively equal to «1» and «2»; «q» and «s» respectively equal to «1» and «2». The composition and deployment coordinates of the eight photonic pseudo-satellites PSAT-A11, PSAT-B11, PSAT-C12, PSAT-D12, DUO- PSAT-C11-B12, DUO-PSAT-D11-A12 are as follows:

437. PSAT-A11 photonic pseudo-satellites: The composition in optical converters CONSOP, CONFROP and DEVIFROP diverters of the CFO conduits of the PNIV1 level plane of the PSAT-A11 Photonic Pseudo-Satellite, namely PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1- CFO3, PNIV1- CFO4, respectively, are identical to those of conduits CFO1, CFO2, CFO3, CFO4 of the photonic pseudo-satellite PSAT-A of the RCE-PSAT- PHOTONIC-Type I of the elementary canonical network and have the same implantation coordinates. All PNIV2 level CFO ducts contain DEVIFROP deflectors.

438. PSAT-B11 photonic pseudo-satellites: The composition and deployment coordinates of the PSAT-B11 photonic pseudo-satellite are such that they become symmetrical to the PSAT-A11 photonic pseudo-satellite with respect to the plane orthogonal to the O1X1 axis at the point whose abscissa is equal to « a/2 » in the ortho-normal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1.

439. Photonic Pseudo-Satellite PSAT-C12: All CFO ducts of PNIV1 level airplanes of PSAT-C12 Photonic Pseudo-satellite are empty. Two CFO conduits of the Pseudo-Satellite PNIV2 level plan

Photonic PSAT-C12, namely PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2 are also empty; a CONSOP optical converter is installed in the PNIV2-CFO3 conduit so that the FROP beam, emerging from the quasi-point source conversion, is parallel to the OX axis of its own reference frame; the CONFROP optical converter is installed in the PNIV2-CFO4 conduit so that the incident FROP beam, which is parallel to the OX axis, can be converted into an almost point optical source. The position of the photonic pseudo-satellite PSAT-C12 within the Canonical Composite Network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevel-Type I is such that in the ortho-normal mark R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1, on the one hand, the coordinates of origin O of its own reference RO-OX-OY-OZ are equal to the numbers «a», «2b» and «h» and, on the other hand, the axes OX, OY and OZ are respectively parallel to the axes O1Y1, O1X1 and O1Z1 but in opposite directions.

440. Photonic pseudo-satellite PSAT-D12: The composition and deployment coordinates of the photonic pseudo-satellite PSAT-D12 are performed in such a way that they become symmetrical to the photonic pseudo-satellite PSAT-C12 with respect to the plane orthogonal to the axis O1X1 in the point whose abscissa is equal to « a/2 » in the ortho-normal mark R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1.

441. Grouping of two photonic pseudo-satellites DUO-PSAT-C11-B12: The composition in CONSOP and CONFROP optical converters of the CFO conduits of the PNIV1 level plane of the part corresponding to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-C11, namely PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4, are respectively identical to those of conduits CFO1, CFO2, CFO3, CFO4 of the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-C of the canonical network RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type I. The composition in optical converters CONSOP and CONFROP of the PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2, PNIV2-CFO3, PNIV2-CFO4CFO conduits of the PNIV2 level plane of the part corresponding to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B12, are respectively identical to those of the CFO1, CFO2, CFO3, CFO4 conduits the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B of the canonical network RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type I; however, although they are placed above the PSAT-C11 part, these optical converters belong to the part corresponding to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B12; the CFO conduits of the PNIV2 level plane of the part corresponding to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B12 are completely empty; the two pseudo-photonic satellites DUO-PSAT-C11-B12 have the same deployment coordinates as the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-C of the canonical network RCE-PSAT-PHOTONIC-Type I.

442. Grouping of two photonic pseudo-satellites DUO-PSAT-D11-A12 : The composition and location coordinates of the two photonic pseudo-satellites DUO-PSAT-D11-A12 are made in such a way that they become symmetrical of the two pseudo-satellites. photonic satellites DUO-PSAT-C11-B12 in relation to the plane orthogonal to the axis O1X1 at the point whose abscissa is equal to « a/2 » in the ortho-normal mark R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1.

443. Realization of Canonical Network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels-Type II: This is the optimized variant for the COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT adapter. This network is composed of two cells ENVOPCell11 and ENVOPCell12 forming an M-ENVOPCell matrix whose number of columns is equal to «1» and the number of rows is equal to «2». The only difference between this matrix and the canonical matrix RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels-Type I is that the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B11 is replaced by the so-called COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT adapter, in reference to the pseudo-satellite it replaces, COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT-B11, and whose deployment coordinates are identical to those of the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B11 of the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels-Type I. The COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT-B11 adapter does not, of course, have no DEVIFROP deflectors and their optical converters are distributed as follows:

444. The CFO conduits at the PNIV1 level contain: Two CONFROP optical converters installed in the PNIV1-CFO1 conduit in order to convert the two incident FROP beams into two quasi-point optical sources, one parallel to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the reference proper ; - Two CONSOP optical converters are installed in the PNIV1-CFO2 conduit so that the two FROP beams, emerging from the conversion of two almost point sources, are parallel one to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the appropriate reference; - A CONFROP optical converter is installed in the PNIV1-CFO3 conduit so that an incident FROP beam parallel to the OX axis of the appropriate reference frame can be converted into an almost point optical source; - A CONSOP optical converter is installed in the PNIV1-CFO4 conduit so that the FROP beam emerging from the conversion of an almost point source is parallel to the OX axis of the appropriate reference frame.

445. PNIV2 level CFO conduits contain: - Two CONFROP optical converters installed in the PNIV2-CFO1 conduit in order to convert the two incident FROP beams into two almost point optical sources, one parallel to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the proper reference; - Two CONSOP optical converters installed in the PNIV2-CFO2 conduit in such a way that the two FROP beams emerging from the conversion of two almost point sources are parallel to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the appropriate reference; - Two CONFROP optical converters installed in the PNIV2-CFO3 conduit so that the two incident FROP beams can be converted into two almost point optical sources, one of which is parallel to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the reference frame; - Two CONSOP optical converters are installed in the PNIV2-CFO4 conduit so that the two FROP beams, emerging from the conversion of two almost point sources, are parallel one to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the appropriate reference frame.

446. Canonical Network Realization RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels-Type IIE (FIG.182 to FIG.199, FIG.235 to FIG.241): This is the optimized variant for the COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapter. This network is obtained by adding to the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevel-Type II its symmetrical in relation to the plane orthogonal to the axis O1X1 at the point whose abscissa is equal to « a » in the ortho-normal mark R1-O1- O1X1- O1Y1-O1Z1. The realization of this symmetry is accompanied by some simplifications made by grouping two photonic pseudo-satellites. Thus, the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels-Type IIE comprises four cells ENVOPCell11, ENVOPCell12, ENVOPCell21 and ENVOPCell22 (Cell11, Cell12, Cell21, Cell22) and where ENVOPCell21 and ENVOPCell22 cells are respectively symmetrical to ENVOPCell11 and ENVOPCell12 cells. These four cells thus form an M-ENVOPCell matrix whose number of columns is equal to « 2 » and the number of rows is equal to « 2 ». The ENVOPCell11 and ENVOPCell12 cells are identical to those of the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels-Type II. Recall that the four photonic pseudo-satellites of the ENVOPCell11 cell are PSAT-A11 (182A11 to 189A11, 191A11), PSAT-B11, PSAT-C11, PSAT-D11; the four photonic pseudo-satellites of the ENVOPCell12 cell are PSAT-A12, PSAT-B12, PSAT-C12, PSAT-D12 (182D12 to 189D12, 197D12). The four photonic pseudosatellites of the ENVOPCell21 cell are PSAT-A21, PSAT-B21 (182B21 to 188B21, 190B21, 193B21), PSAT-C21, PSAT-D21; the four photonic pseudo-satellites of the ENVOPCell22 cell are PSAT-A22, PSAT-B22, PSAT-C22 (182C22 to 188C22, 190C22, 199B21), PSAT-D22. Due to their particular location in the SICOSF system, the clusters of the two pseudo-satellites DUO-PSAT-C11-B12 and their symmetrical DUO-PSAT-D21-A22 are suitable to form the QUATUOR-PSAT-C11-B12-D21- cluster A22 (182C11D21A22B12 to 190C11D21A22B12), 195C11D21A22B12) which, in fine, is the grouping of the four photonic pseudo-satellites PSAT-C11, PSAT-B12, PSAT-D21, PSAT-A22; which corresponds in the generic name QUATUOR-PSAT-Xpq- Yrs-Ztu-Tvw to the case where 'X' is equal to 'C'; «Y» is equal to «D»; «Z» is equal to «A»; «T» is equal to «B»; «p», «r», «t», «v» equal to the numbers «1», «2», «2» and «1» respectively; «q» «s», «u», «w» equal to the numbers «1», «1», «2» and «2» respectively. The symmetric of the two pseudo-satellites that cluster DUO-PSAT-D11-A12 is the cluster DUO-PSAT-C21-B22. The pseudo-satellite PSAT-C12 and its symmetric PSAT-D22 are suitable to form the group DUO-PSAT-C12-D22 (182C12D22 to 190C12D22, 198C12D22); which corresponds in the generic name to the case where «X» is equal to «C»; «Y» is equal to «D»; «p», «r» are respectively equal to the numbers «1» and «2»; «q», «s» are respectively equal to the numbers «2» and «2». As a Type IIE canonical network, the COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT-B11 adapter and its symmetric one, called COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT-A21, are replaced by the COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapter which comprises two modified pseudo-satellites that are their equivalents; this adapter is referred to, with reference to the two pseudo-satellites PSAT-B11 and PSAT-A21 it replaces, as COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT-B11-A21 (182ADAPT-B11A21 to 190ADAPT-B11A21, 192ADAPT-B11A21).

447. Realization of the Canonical Network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FourLevels-Type I: This is the optimized variant for the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter. This network is composed of four cells ENVOPCell1.1, ENVOPCell12, ENVOPCell13 and ENVOPCell14, forming an M-ENVOPCell matrix with a number of columns equal to «1» and a number of rows equal to «4». The four photonic pseudo-satellites of the ENVOPCell11 cell are therefore normally PSAT-A11, PSAT-B11, PSAT-C11, PSAT-D11; the four photonic pseudo-satellites of the ENVOPCell12 cell are PSAT-A12, PSAT-B12, PSAT-C12, PSAT-D12; the four photonic pseudo-satellites of the ENVOPCell13 cell are PSAT-A13, PSAT-B13, PSAT-C13, PSAT-D13; the four photonic pseudo-satellites of the ENVOPCell14 cell are PSAT-A14, PSAT-B14, PSAT-C14, PSAT-D14. However, due to their location in the SICOSF system, the photonic pseudo-satellites PSAT-C11 and PSAT-B12 are suitable for forming the DUO-PSAT-C11-B12 cluster; which corresponds in the generic name DUO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs in case “X” is equal to “C”; «Y» is equal to «B»; «p» and «r» are respectively equal to the numbers «1» and «1»; «q» and «s» are respectively equal to the numbers «1» and «2». PSAT-D11 and PSAT-A12 pseudo-satellites are suitable to form the DUO-PSAT-D11-A12 group; which corresponds in the generic name DUO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs in case “X” is equal to “D”; «Y» is equal to «A»; «p» and «r» are respectively equal to the numbers «1» and «1»; «q» and «s» are respectively equal to the numbers «1» and «2». PSAT-C12 and PSAT-B13 pseudosatellites are suitable to form the DUO-PSAT-C12-B13 group; which corresponds in the generic name DUO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs in case “X” is equal to “C”; «Y» is equal to «B»; «p» and «r» are respectively equal to the numbers «1» and «1»; «q» and «s» are respectively equal to the numbers «2» and «3». PSAT-D12 and PSAT-A13 pseudo-satellites are suitable to form the DUO-PSAT-D12-A13 group; which corresponds in the generic name DUO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs in case “X” is equal to “D”; «Y» is equal to «A»; «p» and «r» are respectively equal to the numbers «1» and «1»; «q» and «s» are respectively equal to the numbers «2» and «3». PSAT-C13 and PSAT-B14 pseudo-satellites are suitable to form the DUO-PSAT-C13-B14 group; which corresponds in the generic name DUO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs in case “X” is equal to “C”; «Y» is equal to «B»; «p» and «r» are respectively equal to the numbers «1» and «1»; «q» and «s» are respectively equal to the numbers «3» and «4». PSAT-D13 and PSAT-A14 pseudo-satellites are suitable to form the DUO-PSAT-D13-A14 group; which corresponds in the generic name DUO-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs in case “X” is equal to “D”; «Y» is equal to «A»; «p» and «r» respectively equal to the numbers «1» and «1»; «q» and «s» respectively equal to the numbers «3» and «4». The composition and deployment coordinates of the sixteen photonic pseudo-satellites PSAT-A11, PSAT-B11, PSAT-C14, PSAT-D14, DUO-PSAT-C11-B12, DUO-PSAT-D11-A12, DUO-PSAT-C12- B13, DUO-PSAT-D12-A13, DUO-PSAT-C13-B14, DUO-PSAT-D13-A14 are as follows:

448. Photonic pseudo-satellite PSAT-A11: The composition in optical converters CONSOP, CONFROP and DEVIFROP diverters of the CFO conduits of the PNIV1 level plane of the photonic pseudo-satellite PSAT-A11, namely PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3 , PNIV1-CFO4, are respectively identical to those of the canonical network PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4 of the PSAT-A11 pseudophotonic satellite conduits of the RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels-Type I. the CFO conduits of the PNIV2, PNIV3, PNIV4 level plans contain DEVIFROP deflectors. The deployment coordinates of the photonic pseudo-satellite PSAT-A11 within the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FourLevel-Type I are identical to those of the pseudo-satellite with the same name within the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels-Type I.

449. Photonic pseudo-satellite PSAT-B11: The composition and deployment coordinates of the photonic pseudo-satellite PSAT-B11 are such that they become symmetrical to the photonic pseudo-satellite PSAT-A11 with respect to the plane orthogonal to the O1X1 axis at the point whose abscissa is equal to « a/2 » in the ortho-normal coordinate system R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1.

450. Photonic Pseudosatellite PSAT-C14: All CFO conduits in level planes PNIV1 PNIV2, PNIV3 of the Photonic Pseudosatellite PSAT-C14 are empty. two CFO conduits of the PNIV4 level plans, namely PNIV4-CFO1, PNIV4-CFO2 are also empty; a CONSOP optical converter is installed in the PNIV4-CFO3 conduit so that the FROP beam, emerging from the almost point source conversion, is parallel to the OX axis of its own reference frame; a CONFROP optical converter is installed in the PNIV4-CFO4 conduit so that the incident FROP ray, which is parallel to the OX axis of its own reference frame, can be converted into an almost point optical source. The position of the photonic pseudo-satellite PSAT-C14 within the canonical network RCC-PSAT- PHOTONIC-FourLevel-Type I is such that in the ortho-normal mark R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1, on the one hand, the coordinates of the origin Those of its own RO-OX-OY-OZ reference frame are equal to the numbers «a», «4b» and «h» and, on the other hand, the axes OX, OY and OZ are respectively parallel to the axes O1Y1, O1X1 and O1Z1 but in opposite directions.

451. Photonic pseudo-satellite PSAT-D14: The composition and deployment coordinates of the photonic pseudo-satellite PSAT-D14 are performed in such a way that they become symmetrical to the photonic pseudo-satellite PSAT-C14 with respect to the plane orthogonal to the O1X1 axis in the point whose abscissa is equal to «a/2» in the orthonormal mark R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1.

452. Cluster of two photonic pseudo-satellite DUO-PSAT-C11-B12: All CFO ducts of planes PNIV3 and PNIV4 of the DUO-PSAT-C11-B12 cluster are empty. The composition in CONSOP and CONFROP optical converters of the CFO conduits of the PNIV1 and PNIV2 level planes of the parts associated with the photonic pseudo-satellites PSAT-C11 and PSAT-B12 is identical to that corresponding to the DUO- PSAT-C11-B12 belonging to the canonical network RCC -PSAT-PHOTONIC- TwoLevels-Type I. The DUO-PSAT-C11-B12 cluster has the same deployment coordinates as the DUO-PSAT-C11-B12 cluster belonging to the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels-Type I.

453. Grouping of two photonic pseudo-satellites DUO-PSAT-D11-A12 : The composition and location coordinates of the two photonic pseudo-satellites DUO-PSAT-D11-A12 are made in such a way that they become symmetric of the two pseudo-satellites. photonic satellites DUO-PSAT-C11-B12 in relation to the plane orthogonal to the axis O1X1 at the point whose abscissa is equal to « a/2 » in the ortho-normal mark R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1.

454. Cluster of two photonic pseudo-satellite DUO-PSAT-C12-B13: All CFO ducts of planes PNIV1 and PNIV4 of the DUO-PSAT-C12-B13 cluster are empty. The composition in CONSOP and CONFROP optical converters of the CFO conduits of the PNIV2 level plane of the part associated with the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-C12 is identical to that corresponding to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-C12 belonging to the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels -Type I. The composition in CONSOP and CONFROP optical converters of the CFO conduits of the PNIV3 level plane is identical to that of the PNIV2 level of the DUO- PSAT-C11-B12 group. The DUO-PSAT-C12-B13 cluster has the same deployment coordinates as the photonic pseudo-satellites PSAT-C12 of the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-TwoLevels-Type I.

455. Clustering of two photonic pseudo-satellites DUO-PSAT-D12-A13: The composition and deployment coordinates of the DUO-PSAT-D12-A13 cluster are performed in such a way that they become symmetrical of the DUO-PSAT-C12- cluster B13 in relation to the plane orthogonal to the axis O1X1 at the point whose abscissa is equal to « a/2 » in the ortho-normal mark R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1.

456. Cluster of two photonic pseudo-satellite DUO-PSAT-C13-B14: All CFO ducts of planes PNIV1 and PNIV2 of the DUO-PSAT-C13-B14 cluster are empty. The composition in CONSOP and CONFROP optical converters of the CFO conduits of the PNIV3 level plane is identical to that of the PNIV2 plane of the DUO-PSAT-C12-B13 group. The composition in CONSOP and CONFROP optical converters of the CFO conduits of the PNIV4 level plane is identical to that of the PNIV3 plane of the DUO-PSAT-C12-B13 group. The position of the group DUO-PSAT-C13-B14 within the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FourLevel-Type I is such that in the ortho-normal mark R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1, on the one hand, the coordinates of the O origin of its own reference RO-OX-OY-OZ are equal to the numbers « a », « 3b » and « h » and, on the other hand, the axes OX, OY and OZ are respectively parallel to the axes O1Y1, O1X1 and O1Z1 but in opposite directions.

457. Clustering of two photonic pseudo-satellites DUO-PSAT-D13-A14: The composition and deployment coordinates of the DUO-PSAT-D13-A14 cluster are performed in such a way that it becomes symmetrical to the DUO-PSAT-C13- cluster B14 in relation to the plane orthogonal to the axis O1X1 at the point whose abscissa is equal to « a/2 » in the ortho-normal mark R1-O1-O1X1-O1Y1-O1Z1.

458. Realization of the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FourLevels-Type II: This is the optimized variant for the COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT adapter. This network is composed of four cells ENVOPCell11, ENVOPCell12, ENVOPCell13 and ENVOPCell14, forming an M-ENVOPCell matrix with a number of columns equal to «1» and a number of rows equal to «4». The only difference between this matrix and the canonical matrix RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FourLevels-Type I is that the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B11 is replaced by the so-called COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT adapter, in reference to the pseudo-satellite it replaces, COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT-B11, and whose deployment coordinates are identical to those of the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B11 of the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FourLevels-Type I. The COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT-B11 adapter does not naturally have no DEVIFROP deflectors and their optical converters are distributed as follows:

459. The CFO conduits at the PNIV1 level contain: - Two CONFROP optical converters, installed in the PNIV1-CFO1 conduit in order to convert the two incident FROP beams into two almost point optical sources, one of which is parallel to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the proper reference; - Two CONSOP optical converters installed in the PNIV1-CFO2 conduit in such a way that the two FROP beams, emerging from the conversion of two almost point sources, are parallel one to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the appropriate reference frame; - A CONFROP optical converter installed in the PNIV1-CFO3 conduit in order to convert an incident FROP beam parallel to the OX axis of the appropriate reference frame into an almost point optical source; - A CONSOP optical converter installed in the PNIV1-CFO4 conduit so that the FROP beam, emerging from the conversion of an almost point source, is parallel to the OX axis of the appropriate reference frame.

460. PNIV2 level CFO conduits contain: - Two CONFROP optical converters installed in the PNIV2-CFO1 conduit in order to convert the two incident FROP beams into two quasi-point optical sources, one parallel to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the proper reference; - Two CONSOP optical converters installed in the PNIV2-CFO2 conduit in such a way that the two FROP beams emerging from the conversion of two almost point sources are parallel to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the appropriate reference; - Two CONFROP optical converters installed in the PNIV2-CFO3 conduit so that the two incident FROP beams can be converted into two quasi-point optical sources, one of which is parallel to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the appropriate reference frame; - Two CONSOP optical converters installed in the PNIV2-CFO4 conduit so that the two FROP beams emerging from the conversion of two almost point sources are parallel to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the appropriate reference frame.

461. The CFO conduits at the PNIV3 level contain: - Two CONFROP optical converters installed in the PNIV3-CFO1 conduit in order to convert the two incident FROP beams, one of which is parallel to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the Clean Brand, in two near-point optical sources; - Two CONSOP optical converters installed in the PNIV3-CFO2 conduit in such a way that the two FROP beams that emerge from the conversion of two almost point sources are parallel one to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the appropriate reference; - Two CONFROP optical converters installed in the PNIV3-CFO3 conduit so that the two incident FROP beams can be converted into two quasi-point optical sources, one of which is parallel to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the appropriate reference frame; - two CONSOP optical converters installed in the PNIV4-CFO4 conduit, in such a way that the two FROP beams, emerging from the conversion of two almost point sources, are parallel one to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the appropriate reference frame.

462. The CFO conduits at the PNIV4 level contain: - Two CONFROP optical converters installed in the PNIV4-CFO1 conduit in order to convert the two incident FROP beams into two almost point optical sources, one of which is parallel to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the proper reference; - Two CONSOP optical converters installed in the PNIV4-CFO2 conduit in such a way that the two FROP beams emerging from the conversion of two almost point sources are parallel to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the appropriate reference; - Two CONFROP optical converters installed in the PNIV4-CFO3 conduit so that the two incident FROP beams can be converted into two quasi-point optical sources, one of which is parallel to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the appropriate reference frame; - Two CONSOP optical converters installed in the PNIV4-CFO4 conduit, in such a way that the two FROP beams, emerging from the conversion of two almost point sources, are parallel one to the OX axis and the other to the OY axis of the appropriate reference frame.

463. Canonical Network Realization RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FourLevels-Type IIE (FIG.200 to FIG.211, FIG.242 to FIG.243): This is the optimized variant for the COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapter. This network is obtained by adding to the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FourLevel-Type II its symmetrical in relation to the plane orthogonal to the axis O1X1 at the point whose abscissa is equal to « a » in the ortho-normal mark R1-O1- O1X1- O1Y1-O1Z1. The realization of this symmetry is accompanied by some simplifications brought by groupings of two and four photonic pseudo-satellites. Thus, the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FourLevels-Type IIE comprises eight cells ENVOPCell11 (Cell11), ENVOPCell12 (Cell12), ENVOPCell13 (Cell13), ENVOPCell14 (Cell14), ENVOPCell21 (Cell21), ENVOPCell22 (Cell22), ENVOPCell23 ( Cell23), ENVOPCell24 (Cell24) and wherein the four cells ENVOPCell21, ENVOPCell22, ENVOPCell23, ENVOPCell24 are respectively the symmetric cells of ENVOPCell11, ENVOPCell12, ENVOPCell13, ENVOPCell14. These eight cells thus form an M-ENVOPCell matrix whose number of columns is equal to « 2 » and the number of rows is equal to « 4 ». The cells ENVOPCell11, ENVOPCell12, ENVOPCell13, ENVOPCell14 are identical to those of the canonical network RCC-PSAT-PHOTONIC-FourLevels-Type II. Recall that the four photonic pseudo-satellites of the ENVOPCell11 cell are PSAT-A11 (200A11 to 206A11, 242A11 to 243A11), PSAT-B11, PSAT-C11, PSAT-D11; the four photonic pseudo-satellites of the ENVOPCell12 cell are PSAT-A12, PSAT-B12, PSAT-C12, PSAT-D12; the four photonic pseudo-satellites of the ENVOPCell13 cell are PSAT-A13, PSAT-B13, PSAT-C13, PSAT-D13; the four photonic pseudo-satellites of the ENVOPCell14 cell are PSAT-A14, PSAT-B14, PSAT-C14, PSAT-D14 (200D14 to 205D14, 209D14, 242D14 to 243D14). The four photonic pseudosatellites of the ENVOPCell21 cell are PSAT-A21, PSAT-B21 (200B21 to 205B21, 208B21, 242B21 to 243B21), PSAT-C21, PSAT-D21; the four photonic pseudosatellites of the ENVOPCell22 cell are PSAT-A22, PSAT-B22, PSAT-C22, PSAT-D22; the four photonic pseudo-satellites of the ENVOPCell23 cell are PSAT-A23, PSAT-B23, PSAT-C23, PSAT-D23; the four photonic pseudo-satellites of the ENVOPCell24 cell are PSAT-A24, PSAT-B24, PSAT-C24 (200C24 to 205C24, 211C24, 242C24 to 243C24), PSAT-D24. Due to their particular location in the SICOSF system, the clusters of the two pseudo-satellites

DUO-PSAT-C11-B12 and its symmetrical DUO-PSAT-D21-A22 are suitable to form the QUATUOR-PSAT-C11-D21-A22-B12 cluster (200C11D21A22B12 to 205C11D21A22B12, 207C11D21A22B12, 243C11)D21B which is the cluster of the four21A22 photonic pseudosatellites PSAT-C11, PSAT-B12, PSAT-D21, PSAT-A22; which corresponds in the generic name QUATUOR-PSAT-Xpq-Yrs-Ztu-Tvw to the case where 'X' is equal to 'C'; «Y» is equal to «D»; «Z» is equal to «A»; «T» is equal to «B»; «p», «r», «t», «v» equal to the numbers «1», «2», «2» and «1» respectively; «q», «s», «u», «w» equal to the numbers «1», «1», «2» and «2» respectively.

The symmetric of the two pseudo-satellites that cluster DUO-PSAT-D11-A12 is the cluster DUO-PSAT-C21-B22. The clustering of the two pseudo-satellites DUO-PSAT-C12-B13 and its symmetrical DUO-PSAT-D22-A23 are suitable to form the cluster QUATUOR-PSAT-C12-B13-D22-A23 (200C12D22A23B13 to 205C12D22A23B13, 243C12D22A23B13) is the grouping of the four photonic pseudo-satellites PSAT-C12, PSAT-B13, PSAT-D22, PSAT-A23. The symmetric of the two pseudo-satellite clusters DUO-PSAT-D12-A13 (200D12A13 to 205D12A13, 243D12A13) is the cluster DUO-PSAT-C22-B23 (200C22B23 to 205C22B23, 243C22B23). The clusters of the two pseudo-satellites DUO-PSAT-C13-B14 and their symmetrical DUO-PSAT-D23-A24 are suitable to form the cluster QUATUOR-PSAT-C13-B14-D23-A24 (200C13D23A24B14 to 205C13D23A24B14, 243C13)D23A24B is the grouping of the four photonic pseudo-satellites PSAT-C13, PSAT-B14, PSAT-D23, PSAT-A24. The symmetric of the two pseudo-clustering DUO-PSAT-D13-A14 (200D13A14 to 205D13A14, 242D13A14, 243D13A14) is the cluster DUO-PSAT-C23-B24 (200C23B24 to 205C23B24, 242C23B24, 243C23B24). The pseudo-satellite PSAT-C14 and its symmetric PSAT-D24 are suitable for forming the DUO-PSAT-C14-D24 cluster (200C14D24 to 205C14D24, 242C14D24, 243C14D24). As a Type IIE canonical network, the COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT-B11 adapter and its symmetrical sound, called COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT-A21, are replaced by the COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapter which comprises two modified pseudo-satellites which are their equivalents; this adapter is referred to, with reference to the two pseudo-satellites PSAT-B11 and PSAT-A21 it replaces, as COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT-B11-A21 (200ADAPT-B11A21 to 205ADAPT-B11A21, 207ADAPT-B11A21, 242ADAPT-B11A21 to 243ADAPT-B11A21).

464. VI.B.2 - Main functional characteristics of the IRECH-RF-OP internet

465. The IRECH-RF-OP internet has five main cell types which are as follows:

466. RF-Pure stationary cell: This is a cell generally located in an area covered by the RTMOB-RF cellular network but which does not contain any closed or semi-closed, stationary or mobile environment in which an OPFIBRE-LAN LAN is deployed. This type of cell is usually located in areas that do not cover a closed or semi-closed stationary or mobile environment where an OPFIBRE-LAN LAN is deployed.

467. Pure optical stationary cell: This is a cell located in a closed or semi-closed stationary environment covered by the RTMOB-RF cellular network and in which an OPFIBRE-LAN local network is implemented but in which the RF connections with the network RTMOB-RF cell phones are non-existent or leave something to be desired, due, among other things, to the configuration of certain parts of the premises.

468. RF-Optical Hybrid Stationary Cell: This is a cell located in a closed or semi-closed stationary environment covered by the RTMOB-RF cellular network, and in which an OPFIBRE-LAN local area network is deployed.

469. Pure optical mobile cell: This is a cell located in a closed or semi-closed mobile environment covered by the RTMOB-RF cellular network, in which an OPFIBRE-LAN local network is implemented, but in which the performance of connections with the RTMOB-RF cellular network temporarily leaves something to be desired due, among other things, to passage under a tunnel or a transition to an area not covered by the RTMOB-RF cellular network; for example, a plane taking off, moving away from a train, ship or others.

470. RF-Optic hybrid mobile cell: This is a cell located in a closed or semi-closed mobile environment covered by the RTMOB-RF cellular network, and in which an OPFIBRRE-LAN local network is implemented; This type of cell is generally located in moving public transport vehicles such as trains, buses, subways, airplanes and others where there is an OPFIBRE-LAN local network and whose routes are located in the areas covered by the RTMOB-RF cellular network.

471. The interconnection of the RTMOB-RF wide area network and the two local networks BACKUP-RF-LAN and OPFIBRE-LAN to form the IRECH-RF-OP internetwork is carried out in such a way that the interaction of the latter with a terminal mobile phone with a set of adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antennas APDLO can take place at least as follows:

472. The terminal is located in a fixed RF-Puro cell: The connection is made by RF as for a prior art RF cell terminal.

473. The terminal is located in a stationary Optique-Puro cell: The two main cases are as follows:

474. If the terminal is in use and without intentional obstruction by the user of its optical radiation to the SICOSF system, for example by placing it in a bag or in the user's pocket, then it functions similarly to a prior art RF cell terminal, except that everything is done through the OSF ;

475. If the referred terminal is in service, but with voluntary obstruction by the user of its optical connection radiation with the SICOSF system, for example, by being placed in a bag or in the user's pocket, then the IRECH-RF-internetwork OP activates said backup local network BACKUP-RF-LAN, to activate the hum of said Terminal; to perform this operation, the IRECH-RF-OP internet is based on the last known position of the terminal before its optical signal disappears due to bagging or pocketing, for example; after triggering this ring, if the user removes the terminal from its optical obstruction, then the communication will be automatically established by the OSF; if it does not, after a certain time interval after the implementation of the BACKUP-RF-LAN supporting local network, the IRECH-RF-OP internet treats the terminal as being turned off.

476. The terminal is located in a stationary hybrid RF-Optical cell: the IRECH-RF-OP internetwork treats it as a priority, as it is located in a stationary Pure-Optical cell. If, if necessary, said BACKUP-RF-LAN LAN does not touch the terminal within the established time, then the internal network IRECH-RF-OP will treat it as if it were located in a stationary RF-Pure cell; and furthermore, once the user responds, then the internal RECH-RF-OP network will automatically switch the communication from RF to OSF.

477. Transition from a stationary RF-Pure cell to a fixed OPFIBRE-LAN cell: This is the typical case of a user who initiates a telephone communication with the terminal while on the street (RF connection), and who while walking enters an environment fixed closed with a local network OPFIBRE-LAN; in this case, the IRECH-RF-OP internet automatically switches the current communication from RF to OSF.

478. Transition from an Optical-Pure stationary cell to an RF-Pure stationary cell: This is the typical case of a user who initiates a telephone communication with the Terminal while located in a fixed closed environment with an OPFIBRE-LAN local network and who while walking is in the street; in this case, the IRECH-RF-OP internet automatically switches the current communication from OSF to RF.

479. Transition from a walking pure-optical cell to a stationary RF-Pure cell: This is the typical case of a user who initiates a telephone communication with the terminal while in a walking closed environment, such as a bus, with a network OPFIBRE-LAN location and that, when you get off the bus, you are on the street; in this case, the IRECH-RF-OP network automatically switches the current communication from OSF to RF.

480. The OPFIBRE-LAN stationary or mobile local networks with the SICOSF system, which are part of the IRECH-RF-OP inter-network, each of them includes at least the following means:

481. A switching system to manage the passage of cellular mobile terminals with APDLO photon or adaptive optoelectronic antenna array when, being located within a SICOSF system, pass:

482. from one optical-pure or hybrid cell to another optical-pure or hybrid cell;

483. from a pure or hybrid optical cell to a pure RF cell;

484. A system for establishing OSF or RF calls and assigning RF communications wavelengths and frequencies to RF mobile communications terminals with APDLO adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antenna arrays;

485. A call notification system by OSF or RF for RF mobile communications terminals with APDLO adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antenna array, through dedicated communication channels;

486. A system of supervision of the whole.

487. By definition:

488. The process of change is referred to as "Optical Cell Transfer" or "Optical Cell Transfer".

489. The wavelength of said call setup system for communicating with mobile terminals is referred to as "LAN-SCall-LDOSF".

490. The RF frequency of said call setup system for communicating with mobile terminals is referred to as "LAN-SCall-fRF".

491. The wavelength of said call notification system for communication with mobile terminals is referred to as "LAN-SNotif-LDOSF".

492. The RF frequency of the aforementioned call setup system for communicating with mobile terminals is referred to as 'LAN-SNotiffRF'.

493. RF communications between a stationary or mobile OPFIBRE-LAN local network with a SICOSF system, which is part of the IRECH-RF-OP inter-network, and a TAEBD device with an adaptive photonic or optoelectronic APDLO antenna are carried out by the aforementioned backup system BACKUP-RF-LAN which is intended to compensate for obstructions to OSF communications.

494. OPFIBRE-LAN stationary local networks with SICOSF system are connected by optical fiber and/or coaxial cable to a BSC base station, ie Base Station Controller, or to a mobile switching center MSC, ie Center Switching Office, or MTSO, that is, Mobile Phone Switching Office, which belongs to the RTMOB-RF cellular network.

495. An OPFIBRE-LAN stationary LAN with SICOSF system can furthermore be equipped to be a BSC base station or a mobile switching center MSC or MTSO for the RTMOB-RF cellular network. By definition, such a LAN FREE-LAN is referred to as "Integrated

BSC SICOSF LAN' or 'Integrated MSC SICOSF LAN' or 'Integrated MTSO SICOSF LAN'.

496. When a cellular mobile terminal with a set of adaptive photonic or optoelectronic APDLO antennas, located in one of the said stationary or mobile local networks OPFIBRE-LAN with SICOSF system, is put into service, then its interaction with the IRECH-internetwork RF-OP occurs periodically, after a previously defined period, at least as follows or in a way that gives similar results:

497. Said terminal automatically searches, using said Mob-SCall-LDOSF wavelength, for a pseudo-photonic satellite whose received signal strength is greater than or equal to a previously defined threshold value; and then,

498. If this terminal finds such a pseudo-satellite, then said mobile terminal transmits through the latter its serial number and information relating to its on-board SIM card; otherwise, said terminal transmits them using said Mob-SCall-fRF frequency; and then,

499. The fixed or mobile local network OPFIBRE-LAN with the SICOSF system in which said terminal is located, registers said serial numbers and SIM card information and transmits them, including the location of said terminal, to the MSC or MTSO to which said terminal belongs; and then,

500. Said terminal must be permanently digitized by OSF or, in case of obstruction by RF, the call notification signal of the said call notification system belonging to the said local network, in order to know if there is a call for the same.

501. To establish a telephone call, after the user has entered the correspondent's telephone number, the interaction of said mobile terminal with the IRECH-RF-OP internet takes place as follows, or in a way that gives results similar :

502. Said mobile terminal transmits a packet containing its serial number, as well as the telephone number of the correspondent and information from the on-board SIM card, for the call setup and the corresponding RF wavelength and frequency allocation system to the stationary or mobile OPFIBRE-LAN local network for the SICOSF system where it is located; and then,

503. The OPFIBRE-LAN LAN transmits said packet to the MSC or MTSO; and then,

504. After the verifications, the MSC or MTSO sends to that local network the number of an available channel for communication by optical fiber and/or coaxial cable or by RF; then, the MSC or MTSO sends to that local network the number of an available channel for communication by optical fiber and/or coaxial cable or by RF,

505. The OPFIBRE-LAN local network, through its call configuration and RF wavelength and frequency allocation system, assigns to the referred terminal:

506. a single transmit-receive wavelength or two wavelengths, one of which is for transmission and the other for reception; and

507. an RF frequency; and then,

508. said terminal automatically switches to use said wavelength or wavelengths to communicate with its counterpart through the most appropriate pseudo-photonic satellite of the pure or hybrid optical cell where it is located or to use, in case of obstruction, said RF frequency through said BACKUP-RF-LAN support system associated with the local network OPFIBRE-LAN; and then to use, in case of obstruction, said RF frequency through said BACKUP-RF-LAN support system associated with the OPFIBRE-LAN local network,

509. That terminal remains on hold while the caller's telephone is answered.

510. In order to receive a telephone call, the interaction of said mobile terminal with the IRECH-RF-OP internet takes place as follows, or in a manner that gives similar results:

511. OPFIBRE-LAN LAN stationary or mobile with SICOSF system receives a packet transmitted by MSC/MTSO; and then,

512. The local network OPFIBRE-LAN, through its call notification system transmits by OSF and/or by RF a message related to said packet, integrating one or two wavelengths of OSF communications and an RF communications frequency , to communicate with him; and then,

513. said terminal performing a continuous scan by OSF, or in case of RF obstruction, the call notification signal of said call notification system belonging to OPFIBRE-LAN LAN, retrieves said packet; and then,

514. said mobile terminal switches in accordance with indications contained in said packet, to use the assigned wavelength(s) or RF frequency; and then activates its own ringtone for its user to answer the call.

515. VI.B.3 - Method of communication between a local network OPFIBRE-LAN with a SICOSF system and a « Q » device TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2, ..., TAEBDzQ, with adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antenna arrays APDLO - Periodic surveys for the identification of triplets « 2Q » « (i, j, k) ».

516. The communication between the OPFIBRE-LAN LAN with the SICOSF system and the « Q » devices TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2, ..., TAEBDzQ, should preferably be of the MASTER/SLAVE type. The local network OPFIBRE-LAN being the MASTER and the « Q » devices TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2, ..., TAEBDzQ the SLAVES. Its communication protocol includes periodic search means to identify, on the one hand, the photonic pseudo-satellites of the SICOSF system and, on the other hand, the edges of the different boxes and their transmission-reception directions.

517. To identify the « 2Q » triplets « (i, j, k) », it is advantageous to consider a local network OPFIBRE-LAN based on SICOSF (FIG.214 to FIG.243) with a matrix of «mxn» cells « Cellij », where « i » is the number of columns and « j » is the number of rows, like a virtual electronic device with a unique array of neutral virtual transmit-receive photonic antennas, where the number of photonic antennas is equal to « mxn ». In other words, this transposition consists in considering a cell 'Cellij' as being a single neutral virtual transmit-receive photonic antenna belonging to said array of virtual photonic antennas, installed along the end of the virtual box of said virtual electronic device. The four pseudo-photonic satellites PSAT-Aij, PSAT-Bij, PSAT-Cij, PSAT-Dij are considered to be simply the four transmit-receive directions of the said neutral virtual photonic antenna 'Cellij'.

518. Thanks to this transposition, it is possible to use the algorithm developed in VI.A.6, relating to a TAEDBx apparatus which is the MASTER apparatus and « Q » TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2, ..., TAEBDzQ, which are the SLAVES; this algorithm allows periodic searches to identify triplets « 2Q » « (i, j, k) ». The OPFIBRE-LAN LAN with SICOSF system is considered to be virtually a TAEDBx device.

519. VI.B.4 - Wavelength assignment method for a local network OPFIBRE-LAN with a SICOSF system with « Q » devices TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2, ..., TAEBDzQ with adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antenna arrays APDLO - Adaptive wavelength hopping optical spectrum for transmit-receive

520. When TAEBDz1, TAEBDz2, ..., TAEBDzQ « Q » devices with APDLO adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antenna arrays are located within the SICOSF system of an OPFIBRE-LAN LAN, each of them generally uses one or more lengths of wave, corresponding to the wavelengths assigned to the pseudo-photonic satellite through which it communicates with the local network OPFIBRE-LAN. • method of assigning wavelengths to photonic pseudo-satellites of a SICOSF system, by the associated local network OPFIBRE-LAN, is based on the part of Combinatorial Analysis relating to the calculations of finite set cardinals. Given the numerous mathematical formulas that are used, for practical reasons this method is detailed in part VI.F where some reminders on Mathematics are found. • method of propagation of the optical spectrum of transmission-reception by adaptive wavelength hopping consists of carrying out periodic permutations, in the sense of the term as a whole, of the wavelengths assigned to the pseudo-satellites; the wavelength assignment method detailed in Part VI.F ensures that this is done without optical interference.

521. VI.B.5 - Method to increase the data transfer speed of an RF cellular communications network, prevent the risk of brain disease for mobile terminal users, and reduce the electromagnetic pollution of RF signals from communication devices in buildings

•Method to increase the data transfer speed of a RF cellular mobile telephony network of the past art, it consists of alleviating it, relieving it of all its cellular terminals that are found in buildings or in other closed or semi-closed environments , stationary or mobile; knowing that on one day of the week the vast majority of the population of a city is in a closed or semi-closed environment, this lightening is therefore substantial.

522. To achieve such a reduction, it is sufficient to proceed as follows:

523. Equip cellular mobile terminals for RF communication of the past art with APDLO adaptive photonic or optoelectronic antenna arrays. For this purpose, replace their boxes with boxes that include said arrays of photonic or optoelectronic antennas; and

524. Transform the legacy RF cell phone network into an IRECH-RF-OP network, deploying OPFIBRE-LAN local networks based on SICOSF and associated BACKUP-RF-LAN back-up systems, in buildings or in closed or semi -closed, stationary or mobile; is for

525. Implementation of means to automatically switch RF connections of said cellular network with associated mobile terminals entering or located in said buildings or other closed environments to OSF connections through said OPFIBRELAN local networks based on SICOSF.

526. In addition, this method achieves substantial reductions in the risk of brain disease for users of mobile cellular front-end devices and in electromagnetic pollution from RF signals from communication devices in buildings. • man of the art in the field of electronic communications networks knows how to carry out this interconnection of the wide area network RTMOB-RF and the two local networks BACKUP-RF-LAN and OPFIBRE-LAN.

527. VI.C - Photonic pseudo-satellite fabrication methods and their different groupings

528. In this part, we will detail a way to manufacture the main components of photonic pseudo-satellites, as well as the different optical modules that allow them to be configured according to their location within a SICOSF system, namely the CONSOP and CONFROP optical converters and the DEVIFROP deflectors. Furthermore, it should be remembered that all these elements have been described in the Explanatory Memorandum of the Invention.

529. VI.C.1 - Manufacturing methods of CONRO optical concentrators, DIFFRO optical diffusers and associated chassis parts PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME, QUATUOR-PSAT- DOME CHASSIS

530. Packages of CONRO optical concentrators, DIFFRO optical diffusers and associated chassis parts can be manufactured in three ways, depending on the degree of integration of the various photonic components, in order to substantially reduce their dimensions and costs. For this reason, these groupings are classified into three categories, called : - "Discrete Concentrators and Diffusers Cluster" or "Discrete Concentrators and Diffusers Cluster"; - "Integrated Concentrators and Diffusers Cluster" or "Integrated Concentrators and Diffusers Cluster"; - "Large Scale Integrated Concentrators and Diffusers Cluster" or "Large Scale Integrated Concentrators and Diffusers Cluster". These three categories can be manufactured as follows, using micro-manufacturing techniques:

531. Fabrication of the Cluster of Discrete Concentrators and Diffusers, abbreviated as DCDC: For this cluster (FIG.34, FIG.35), the discrete elements to be manufactured are: - the optical concentrators «N» CONRO (34CONROi), the diffusers « N » DIFFRO optical diffusers and the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part (FIG.40 to FIG.42). the « 2 x N » optical concentrators CONRO, the « 2 x N » DIFFRO optical diffusers (35DIFFROi) and the DUO- part PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME (FIG.48 to FIG.50); - the «2 x N» CONRO optical concentrators, the «2 x N» DIFFRO optical diffusers (35DIFFROi) and the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part (FIG.48 to FIG.50)) of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS chassis (50DUO-PSAT-DCDC-CHASSIS); - the CONRO “3 x N” optical concentrators, the DIFFRO “3 x N” optical diffusers and the TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part of the TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS chassis; - the CONRO «4 x N» optical concentrators, the DIFFRO «4 x N» optical diffusers and the QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME part (FIG.56 to FIG.58) of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS chassis (58QUAT-PSAT -DCDC-CHASSIS). All CONRO optical hubs are identical; the same applies to all DIFFRO optical diffusers; we'll show you how to build a single one and then simply duplicate it as many times as needed. We proceed as follows:

532. Construction of the CONRO optical concentrator (31CONRO): First, an opaque sleeve (FIG.31) consisting of three parts is manufactured. The first part (31CONRO-P1) is intended to house an optical radiation concentrator (31DTIRC) of one of the following types, whose manufacturing method is known to the man of the art: - « Dielectric Totally Internally Reflecting Concentrator », abbreviated as DTIRC ; this type of concentrator was introduced in 1987 by X. Ning, R. Winston, and J. O'Gallagher in the magazine "Applied Optics"; - Hemispheric Concentrator; « Compound Parabolic Concentrator », abbreviated as CPC; - Parabolic DTIRC; - DTIRC elliptical. The second part (31CONRO-P2) has three places to house two biconvex lenses (31COLLIM-LENS, 31FOCUS-LENS) and the entrance of an optical fiber (31OPFibre-PLACE); the first lens (31COLLIM-LENS) is for collimating and the other (31FOCUS-LENS) is for focusing the radiation collimated by the first at the end of an optical fiber if the latter has been properly inserted. Finally, the third part (31CONRO-P3), is intended to close and fix, by collimation or not, the biconvex lenses inside the second part. The first and second parts can be formed in one piece, for example by molding, thus avoiding the need for subsequent gluing. The operating principle of the CONRO optical concentrator (31CONRO) thus formed is as follows: - All incident optical radiation, with appropriate wavelengths, which reaches the concentrator's input surface (31DTIRC) at an angle of incidence less than a certain value limit, it propagates inside the concentrator by multiple refractions until reaching the exit surface of the concentrator, whose dimensions are very small compared to those of the entrance surface; which makes them almost point sources on said output surface; the biconvex collimating lens (31COLLIM-LENS) is arranged in such a way that its focus coincides with the center of the output surface of the concentrator; wherein the radiation from the quasi-point sources on the concentrator's output surface will be transformed into a FROP beam, which are then transformed into quasi-point sources located at the focal point of the biconvex focusing lens (31FOCUS-LENS); these point sources are retrieved in order to route them to where they are desired, introducing (31OPFibre-PLACE) in this device a suitable optical fiber, so that its end is positioned at the focus of the biconvex focusing lens. Biconvex lenses should preferably be thick or even spherical lenses, because a spherical lens produces chromatic aberrations « n » times smaller than those produced by a thin lens of the same focal length where « n » is the index value of the lens glass ; the man of art in the field of optics knows how to demonstrate this mathematically. Preferred materials for the manufacture of biconvex lenses and concentrator are "Full Silica" or "Polymethylmethacrylate", abbreviated as "PMMA".

533. Fabrication of the DIFFRO optical diffuser (32DIFFRO): First, a one-piece socket (FIG.32) (32DIFFRO-BODY) is fabricated with locations to house an optical diffusion (32DIFFUS-HEAD), holographic or standard screen, a biconvex collimating lens (32COLLIM-LENS), and a fiber optic input (32OPFIBER-PLACE). The biconvex lens is preferably a thick lens or even a spherical lens for the same reasons as in the case of the CONRO optical concentrator. The location of this biconvex lens must be such that its focus can coincide with the end of a fiber if the fiber has been inserted correctly (32OPFIBER-PLACE). The operating principle of the DIFFRO optical diffuser thus formed is as follows: - a quasi-point source located at the focus of the biconvex lens (32COLLIM-LENS) at the end of an optical fiber is projected as a FROP beam on the holographic or standard diffusion screen (32DIFFUS-HEAD) to turn it into a wide font.

534. Manufacturing of the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part: The PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part (FIG.40 to FIG.42) of the PSAT-CHASSIS chassis (40PSAT-DCDCDC-CHASSIS-DOME-BARE, 41PSAT-DCDC-CHASSIS-DOME -LOADED) has a hollow quarter-hemisphere-shaped portion. It has a large number of small semi-spherical fittings that allow its precise fixation by gluing it to the part of the PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE structure that has appropriate mortises, as we will see later. It has several slots (40CONRO-PLACE, 40DIFFRO-PLACE) for the « N » CONRO optical concentrators (31CONRO) and the « N » DIFFRO diffusers (32DIFFRO). These locations are such that when all concentrators and diffusers are placed, their different optical axes are practically simultaneous in the center of Od of the fourth hollow hemisphere (41CONRO, 41DIFFRO). The construction of the PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME can be done by molding rigid and light materials.

535. Manufacturing of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part: The DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part (FIG.48 to FIG.50) of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS chassis (48DUO-PSAT-DCDCDC-CHASSIS-DOME-BARE , 49DUO-

PSAT-DCDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED) has a portion shaped like a hollow hemisphere. It has a large number of small semi-spherical fittings that allow its precise fixation by gluing the part of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE structure that has appropriate mortises, as we will see later. It has several slots (48CONRO-PLACE, 48DIFFRO-PLACE) for the « 2 x N » CONRO optical concentrators (31CONRO) and the « 2 x N » DIFFRO (32DIFFRO) diffusers. These locations are such that when all concentrators and all diffusers are placed, their different optical axes are practically simultaneous in the center of Od of the hollow half-hemisphere. The construction of the DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME can be done by molding rigid and light materials.

536. Manufacture of TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part : The TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part of the TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS frame has a three-quarter hollow hemisphere-shaped portion. It has a large number of small semi-spherical fittings that allow it to be precisely fixed by gluing it to the part of the TRIO-PSAT- CHASSIS-INTERFACE frame that has the appropriate mortises. It has several slots for the « 3 x N » CONRO optical concentrators (31CONRO) and the « 3 x N » DIFFRO optical diffusers (32DIFFRO). These locations are such that when all concentrators and diffusers are installed, their different optical axes are practically simultaneous at the center Od of the three-quarter hollow hemisphere. The construction of the TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME can be done by molding rigid and light materials.

537. Manufacture of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part: The QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part (FIG.56 to FIG.58) of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS chassis (56QUAT-PSAT-DCDCDC-CHASSIS-DOME-BARE , 57QUAT-PSAT-DCDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED) has a hollow hemisphere-shaped part. It has a large number of small semi-spherical fittings that allow its precise fixation by gluing the part of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE structure that has appropriate mortises, as we will see later. It has several slots (56CONRO-PLACE, 56DIFFRO-PLACE) for the « 4 x N » CONRO optical concentrators (31CONRO) and the « 4 x N » DIFFRO optical diffusers (32DIFFRO). These locations are such that when all concentrators and diffusers are placed, their different optical axes are practically simultaneous in the center of Od of the hollow hemisphere. The construction of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME can be done by molding rigid and light materials.

538. Making the cluster of integrated concentrators and diffusers, abbreviated to ICDC: To make this cluster (FIG.64 to FIG.67), the following steps are needed), optical concentrators «K» CONRO and optical diffusers «L» DIFFRO are used, where "K" and "L" are two integers greater than or equal to "1", which are combined on the same substrate (64CONCENTFUSER-SUBSTRAT, 65CONCENTFUSER-SUBSTRAT, 67CONCENTFUSER-SUBSTRAT) to form a single device that is simultaneously a Hub and an Optical Radiation Diffuser (67CONCENTFUSER-SUBSTRAT-LOADED), referred to as a "ConcentFuser". The components to be manufactured are: - the «N» ConcentFusers and the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part (68PSAT-ICDC- CHASSIS-DOME-BARE, 69PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED, 70PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS- DOME-BARE) of the PSAT-CHASSIS chassis (71PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME) ; - the «2 x N» ConcentFusers part and the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part (77DUO-PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS- DOME-BARE, 78DUO-PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED, 79DUO-PSAT-ICDC- CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED) of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS chassis; - the ConcentFusers «3 x N» and the TRIO-PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME part of the TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS S chassis; - the «4 x N» ConcentFusers part and the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part (85QUAT-PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-BARE, 86QUAT-PSAT-ICDC- CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED, 87QUAT-PSAT-ICDC- CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED) of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS chassis. All ConcentFusers users are identical, so we'll show you how to build a single one and then just duplicate it as many times as necessary. We proceed as follows:

539. Production of the ConcentFuser substrate (FIG.64 to FIG.67)): This substrate is in the form of a solid of revolution (64CONCENTFUSER-SUBSTRAT) with «K» channels, intended for the formation of the optical CONRO concentrators (66CONROi) and the pieces of optical fibers that extend them (66PMMA-Fibre-Fibre), 66CONRO-OUTPUT) and «L» channels for the formation of optical DIFFRO diffusers (66Mini-TD, 66Ball-Lens) and pieces of optical fibers that extend them (66PMMA -Fiber, 66DIFFRO-INTPUT) ; its front face is flat and at the rear has two cylinders, one of which is called CONRO-OUTPUT (66CONRO-OUTPUT, 67CONRO-OUTPUT) and the other DIFFRO-INPUT (66DIFFRO-INTPUT, 67DIFFRO-INTPUT); the bases of the CONRO-OUTPUT and DIFFRO-INPUT cylinders are respectively dedicated to the outputs of the channels related to the concentrators to the diffusers. The channels related to the concentrators (64CONRO-CNLi, 65CONRO-CNLi) are called CONRO-CNLi where «i» is an integer ranging from «1» to «K»; each CONRO-CNLi channel has, on the front face of the substrate, a cell called CONRO-ALVi (64CONRO-ALVi, 65CONRO-ALVi) whose shape is such that once filled with PMMA polymer by micro-manufacturing techniques, such as the injection, may constitute a concentrator of one of the types proposed above, preferably of the DTIRC type; the remaining part of the CONRO-CNLi channel is a cylindrical tube that can be considered mathematically as being the surface generated by a circle whose center Oi orthogonally describes a central CONRO-AiBi curve between a point Ai and a point Bi where Ai is the center of output surface of the cell and Bi is located on the base surface of the CONRO-OUTPUT cylinder; the central CONRO-AiBi «K» curves are such that, on the one hand, they do not intersect and, on the other hand, the tubes that make it possible to generate respect for the restrictions inherent to optical fibers with regard to the minimum radius of curvature.

The channels related to the diffusers (64DIFFRO-CNLj, 65DIFFRO-CNLj) are called DIFFRO-CNLj where «j» is an integer ranging from «1» to «L»; each DIFFRO-CNLj channel has, on the front face of the substrate, a cell called DIFFRO-ALVj (64DIFFRO-ALVj, 65DIFFRO-ALVj) whose shape is such that a miniature module (66Mini-TD, 67Mini-TD) called «Mini Diffusion Head", abbreviated Mini-TD, can be placed on it, whose manufacturing method is proposed below; the remaining part of the DIFFRO-CNLj channel is a cylindrical tube that can be considered to be the surface generated by a circle whose center Oj orthogonally describes a central curve DIFFRO-EjFj between a point Ej and a point Fj where Ej is the center of the surface output of the cell and Fj is located on the surface of the cylinder base DIFFRO-INPUT ; the central curves «L» DIFFRO-EjFj are such that, on the one hand, they do not intersect and do not cross the CONRO-AiBi curves and, on the other hand, the tubes that allow the generation respect the constraints inherent to optical fibers with regard to to the minimum radius of curvature.

The set of «K+L» curves CONRO-AiBi and DIFFRO-EjFj can preferably be constructed as a set of B-Spline or Rational B-Spline curves, ie the set of «K+L» curves CONRO-AiBi and DIFFRO-EjFj can be constructed as a set of B-Spline or Rational B-Spline NURBS curves; Using CAD tools, the Man of Art in Mathematics, and especially in the field of Numerical Analysis, knows how to build such curves from vectors of nodes and control points, known respectively as «node vector» and «control points».

540. Formation of the concentrators and associated optical fibers within the ConcentFuser substrate (FIG.64 to FIG.67)): Formation of the concentrators and associated optical fibers is carried out after the deposition, where appropriate, of a dielectric coating layer, for short CDIG, to align the interior of each channel; however, if the entire substrate can constitute a dielectric coating layer, this step then becomes superfluous; then, simultaneous injection of a PMMA-type polymer into the « K » CONRO-CNLi channels of the ConcentFuser substrate; the PMMA polymer can be replaced by another product with at least the same characteristics. This injection can be accompanied, simultaneously or subsequently, by a molding process to form the large faces of the concentrators, as well as the ends of the associated optical fibers. The man of art in the field of micro-manufacturing knows how to implement such a process.

541. Formation of optical fibers associated with the diffusers inside the ConcentFuser substrate: After the deposition, if necessary, of a CDIG layer in each channel, formation can be carried out by simultaneous injection of a PMMA-type polymer in the « L » parts of the DIFFRO channels -CNLj of the ConcentFuser substrate that are intended for the formation of optical fibers. All DIFFRO-ALVj cells must remain empty so that the Mini-TD diffusion heads can be placed later. This injection can be accompanied, simultaneously or later, by a molding process to form the ends of the optical fibers. The man of art in the field of micro-manufacturing knows how to implement such a process.

542. Manufacture of « L » Mini Diffusers and integration into ConcentFuser substrate: We will show you how to build a single Mini-TD and then simply duplicate it as many times as necessary. First, a one-piece shot is fabricated with locations to house an optical, holographic, or standard diffusion screen, a biconvex collimating lens, and a fiber-optic input. The biconvex lens is preferably a thick lens or even a spherical lens for the same reasons as in the case of the CONRO optical concentrator. This construction should be suitable for the ends of optical fibers formed by injecting PMMA into the DIFFRO-CNLj channels made above; in fact, the Mini-TD head must be such that after its placement in a dedicated cell within the ConcentFuser substrate, the end of the optical fiber associated with the cell can be at the focus of said biconvex collimating lens. For the manufacture of large volumes of Mini-TDs, it is advantageous to assemble the socket with the optical diffusion screen and the biconvex collimating lens by means of automatic component placement machines, such as chip thrower or the like. The most suitable machines today are those from Universal Instruments, Fuji, Siemens or other equivalent machines.

543. Fabrication of the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part for the group of «N» ConcentFusers: The PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part (FIG.68 to FIG.71)) of the ICDC cluster as well as that of the DCDC cluster has a shaped portion of a hollow hemisphere quarter (68PSAT-ICDC- CHASSIS-DOME-BARE, 69PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-BARE, 70PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED, 71PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED). It has a large number of small semi-spherical fittings that allow its precise fixation by gluing the part of the PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE structure that has the appropriate mortises, as we will see later. It has “N” slots (68CONCENTFUSER- PLACEk) to house the “N” ConcentFusers (70CONCENTFUSERk). These locations are such that when all ConcentFusers users are installed there, their different central axes are practically simultaneous in the center of the Od of the fourth hollow hemisphere. This construction can be made by one of the micro-fabrication techniques, preferably by molding light materials.

544. Fabrication of the DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME part for the user group « 2 x N » ConcentFusers: The DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME part (FIG.77 to FIG.78) of the ICDC cluster has a portion with the shape of a hollow hemisphere (77DUO-PSAT-ICDC- CHASSIS-DOME-BARE, 78DUO-PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED, 79DUO-PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED). It has a large number of small semi-spherical fittings that allow its precise fixation by gluing the part of the DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS-INTERFACE structure that has appropriate mortises, as we will see later. It has « 2 x N » slots (77CONCENTFUSER-PLACEk) to house the « 2 x N » ConcentFusers (78CONCENTFUSER-PLACEk). These locations should be such that when all ConcentFusers users are installed in the chamber, their different central axes are practically simultaneous in the center of Od of the hollow mid-hemisphere. This construction can be achieved by casting lightweight materials.

545. Fabrication of the TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part for the « 3 x N » user cluster ConcentFusers: The TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part of the ICDC cluster has a three-quarter hollow hemisphere-shaped portion. It has a large number of small semi-spherical fittings that allow its precise fixation by gluing it to the part of the frame that has the appropriate mortises. It has « 3 x N » slots to house the « 3 x N » ConcentFusers. These locations should be such that, when all ConcentFusers users are installed in them, their different central axes are practically simultaneous in the center of Od of the three-quarter hollow hemisphere. This construction can be achieved by casting lightweight materials.

546. Fabrication of the QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME part for the group of « 4 x N » ConcentFusers: The QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME part (FIG.85 to FIG.87) of the ICDC cluster has a shaped portion of a hollow hemisphere (85QUAT-PSAT-ICDC- CHASSIS-DOME-BARE, 86QUAT-PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED, 87QUAT-PSAT-ICDC-CHASSIS-DOME-LOADED). It has a large number of small semi-spherical fittings that allow its precise fixation by gluing the part of the QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS-INTERFACE of the frame that has the appropriate mortises, as we will see later. It has « 4 x N » slots (85CONCENTFUSER- PLACEk) to house the « 4 x N » ConcentFusers (86CONCENTFUSERk). These locations are such that when all ConcentFusers users are installed there, their different central axes are practically simultaneous in the center of the Od of the hollow hemisphere. This construction can be achieved by molding lightweight materials.

547. Integration of ConcentFusers in chassis parts PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME, DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME : The integration of the « N », « 2 x N », « 3 x N » and « 4 x N » ConcentFusers respectively on PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO- PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME can be done by gluing , manually or using a manual or semi-automatic placement machine (FIG.69). However, for the production of large volumes of ICDC clusters, it is advantageous to carry out this integration using an automatic component placement machine. The most suitable machines today are from manufacturers such as Universal Instruments, Fuji, Siemens or equivalent.

548. Manufacture of the Large-Scale Integrated Concentrator and Diffuser Cluster, abbreviated as LSI-CDC: For this cluster, the CONRO optical concentrators and the DIFFRO optical diffusers are formed directly on the associated part of the chassis which thus becomes a substrate; the four substrates to be manufactured are the following: - the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part (FIG.93 to FIG.96) of the PSAT-CHASSIS chassis; - the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part (FIG.102 to FIG.104)) of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS chassis; - the TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME chassis part of the TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS chassis; - the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME chassis part (FIG.110 to FIG.112) of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS chassis. All CONRO optical concentrators formed within these substrates are identical; the same applies to all DIFFRO optical diffusers.

549. Fabrication of PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrate from LSI-CDC cluster: Although it is a substrate, this PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part (FIG.93 to FIG.96) is a part of the LSI-CDC cluster.) of the PSAT frame -CHASSIS has a portion in the form of a hollow quarter-hemisphere with «N» channels (94CONRO-CNLi) to form the CONRO optical concentrators (95CONROi) and pieces of optical fibers extending from them and «N» other channels (94DIFFRO-CNLi) to form the DIFFRO optical diffusers (95DIFFRO) and pieces of optical fibers extending from them. At the rear, it has two cylinders, one of which is called CONRO-OUTPUT (93CONRO-OUTPUT) and the other DIFFRO-INPUT (93DIFFRO-INPUT); the bases of the CONRO-OUTPUT and DIFFRO-INPUT cylinders are respectively dedicated to the outputs of the channels relating to the concentrators to the diffusers. Channels related to concentrators are called CONRO-CNLi where “i” is an integer ranging from “1” to “N”; each CONRO-CNLi channel has, on the front face of the fourth-hemisphere of the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, a cell called CONRO-ALVi (93CONRO-ALVi, 94CONRO-ALVi) whose shape is such that, once filled with PMMA polymer, it can constitute a concentrator of one of the types proposed above, preferably of the DTIRC type; the remaining part of the CONRO-CNLi channel is a cylindrical tube that can be considered to be the surface generated by a circle whose center Oi orthogonally describes a central CONRO-AiBi curve comprised between a point Ai and a point Bi where Ai is the center of the cell output surface and Bi is located on the base surface of the CONRO-OUTPUT cylinder; the central curves «N» CONRO-AiBi are such that, on the one hand, they do not intersect and, on the other, the tubes that allow the generation respect the constraints inherent to optical fibers with regard to the minimum radius of curvature. Channels related to Diffusers are called DIFFRO-CNLj where «j» is an integer ranging from «1» to «N»; each DIFFRO-CNLj channel has, on the front face of the substrate, a cell called DIFFRO-ALVj (93DIFFRO-ALVi, 94DIFFRO-ALVi) whose shape is such that a Mini-TD diffusion head identical to that of the ConcentFuser can be placed therein; the remaining part of the DIFFRO-CNLj channel is a cylindrical tube that can be considered to be the surface generated by a circle whose center Oj orthogonally describes a central curve DIFFRO-EjFj between a point Ej and a point Fj where Ej is the center of the surface output of the cell and Fj is located on the surface of the cylinder base DIFFRO-INPUT ; the central curves «N» DIFFRO-EjFj are such that, on the one hand, they do not intersect and do not cross the CONRO-AiBi curves and, on the other hand, the tubes that allow the generation respect the constraints inherent to optical fibers with regard to to the minimum radius of curvature. The set of «2 x N» curves CONRO-AiBi and DIFFRO-EjFj can be constructed, preferably as a set of B-Splines or B-Splines Rational curves, i. NURBS curves, similar to the ConcentFuser construct. This substrate has a large number of small hemispherical nails that allow its precise fixation by bonding to another element of the Pseudo-Photonic Satellite with appropriate mortises, as we will see later.

550. Fabrication of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrate of the LSI-CDC cluster: This part of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME (FIG.102 to FIG.104) of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS frame has a portion in the form of a hollow semi-hemisphere composed of « 2 x N » channels, destined to the formation of the CONRO optical concentrators (103CONROi) and pieces of optical fibers that extend them and « 2 x N » other channels destined to the formation of the DIFFRO optical diffusers (103DIFFROi ) and pieces of optical fibers that extend them. It has four sockets on the rear, two of which are called CONRO-OUTPUT1 (103CONRO-OUTPUT) and CONRO-OUTPUT2 (103CONRO-OUTPUT) and the other two are called DIFFRO-INPUT1 (103DIFFRO-INPUT) and DIFFRO-INPUT2 (103DIFFRO -INPUT) ; the ends of the CONRO-OUTPUT1, CONRO-OUTPUT2 sockets are dedicated to the points of sale of the channels relating to the concentrators, while the ends of the DIFFRO-INPUT1 and DIFFRO-INPUT2 sockets are dedicated to the points of sale of the channels relating to the diffusers. The « 2 x N » channels, intended for the formation of CONRO optical concentrators, can be advantageously realized by constructing « N » channels identical to those of the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrate and by adding « N » channels symmetrical in relation to the plane of symmetry of the hollow part of the semi-hemisphere of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part; it is the same for the « 2 x N » channels, intended for the formation of the DIFFRO optical diffusers; the two sockets CONRO-OUTPUT2 and DIFFRO-INPUT2 are respectively the symmetrical ones, with respect to the same plane, of the sockets CONRO-OUTPUT1 and DIFFRO-INPUT1. This substrate is made up of a large number of small semi-spherical fittings that allow its precise fixation by gluing it to another element of the Pseudo-Photonic Satellite with appropriate mortises, as we will see later.

551. Fabrication of the TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrate of the LSI-CDC Agglomerate: This TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part of the TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS chassis has a portion in the form of three quarters of a hollow hemisphere comprising «3 x N » channels, for the formation of the CONRO optical concentrators and the fiber optic parts that extend them, and « 3 x N » other channels for the formation of the DIFFRO optical diffusers and the fiber optic parts that extend them. It has six jacks on the back, three of which are called CONRO-OUTPUT1, CONRO-OUTPUT2 and CONRO-OUTPUT3 and the other three DIFFRO-INPUT1, DIFFRO-INPUT2 and DIFFRO-INPUT3 ; the ends of the CONRO-OUTPUT1, CONRO-OUTPUT2, CONRO-OUTPUT3 sockets are dedicated to the points of sale of the channels related to the concentrators, while the DIFFRO-INPUT1, DIFFRO-INPUT2, DIFFRO-INPUT3 sockets are dedicated to the points of sale of the channels related to diffusers. The « 3 x N » channels, intended for the formation of CONRO optical concentrators, can be advantageously realized by constructing « 2 x N » channels identical to those of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrate and by adding symmetric « N » channels those of the second quarter of the hemisphere; it is the same for the “3 x N” channels, intended to form the DIFFRO optical diffusers and the six CONRO-OUTPUT1, CONRO-OUTPUT2, CONRO-OUTPUT3, DIFFRO-INPUT1, DIFFRO-INPUT2 and DIFFRO sockets. This substrate has a large number of small hemispherical nails that allow its precise fixation through connection to another element of the pseudo-photonic satellite with adequate mortises.

552. Fabrication of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrate from the LSI-CDC cluster: This part of the QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME (FIG.110 to FIG.112) is part of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME cluster.) of the QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS frame has a hollow hemisphere-shaped portion composed of «4 x N» channels, intended to form the CONRO optical concentrators (111CONROi) and pieces of optical fibers that extend them and «4 x N» others channels to form the DIFFRO optical diffusers (111DIFFROi) and pieces of optical fibers that extend them. It has eight jacks on the back, four of which are called CONRO-OUTPUT1 (111CONRO-OUTPUT), CONRO-OUTPUT2 (111CONRO-OUTPUT), CONRO-OUTPUT3 (111CONRO-OUTPUT) and CONRO-OUTPUT4 (111CONRO-OUTPUT) and the another four DIFFRO-INPUT1 (111DIFFRO-INPUT), DIFFRO-INPUT2 (111DIFFRO-INPUT), DIFFRO-INPUT3 (111DIFFRO-INPUT) and DIFFRO-INPUT4 (111DIFFRO-INPUT) ; the ends of the CONRO-OUTPUT1, CONRO-OUTPUT2, CONRO-OUTPUT3 and CONRO-OUTPUT4 sockets are dedicated to the points of sale of channels related to the concentrators, while the DIFFRO-INPUT1, DIFFRO-INPUT2, DIFFRO-INPUT3 and DIFFRO-INPUT4 sockets are dedicated to the points of sale of channels related to the diffusers. The « 4 x N » channels, intended for the formation of CONRO optical concentrators, can be advantageously created by constructing « 2 x N » channels identical to those of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrate and adding « 2 x N » channels symmetrical in relation to the plane of symmetry of the hollow hemispheric portion of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME ; it is the same for the “2 x N” channels, intended for the formation of the DIFFRO optical diffusers; the four CONRO-OUTPUT3, DIFFRO-INPUT3, CONRO-OUTPUT4 and DIFFRO-INPUT4 sockets are respectively symmetrical, with respect to the same plane, of the CONRO-OUTPUT2, DIFFRO-INPUT2, CONRO-OUTPUT1 and DIFFRO-INPUT1 sockets. This substrate has a large number of small hemispherical tensions that allow its precise fixation through connection to another photonic pseudo-satellite element with appropriate mortises, as we will see later.

553. Formation of concentrators and associated optical fibers within the substrate PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME of the LSI-CDC cluster: For the substrate PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME (FIG.93 to FIG.96), the LSI-CDC agglomerate is composed of the substrate PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME and the associated optical fibers.), after deposition, when appropriate, of a CDIG layer on each substrate channel, the formation can be carried out by simultaneous injection of a polymer of the PMMA type into the «N» channels CONRO-CNLi (94CONRO-CNLi) of the substrate of the LSI-CDC agglomerate; this PMMA polymer can be replaced by another product with at least the same characteristics. This injection can be accompanied, simultaneously or subsequently, by a molding process to form the large faces of the concentrators, as well as the ends of the associated optical fibers. The same procedure is used for the other substrates DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME.

554. Formation of optical fibers associated with the diffusers inside the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, QUATUOR- PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME agglomerate: For the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrate: DOME (FIG.93 to FIG.96), optical fibers are formed in the LSI-CDC agglomerate.), after deposition, where appropriate, of a CDIG layer in each substrate channel, formation can take place by simultaneous injection of a polymer of the PMMA type in the 'N' parts of the DIFFRO-CNLi channels of the LSI-CDC agglomerate substrate, which are intended for the formation of optical fibers. All DIFFRO-ALVi (94DIFFRO-ALVi) cells must remain empty. This injection can be accompanied, simultaneously or later, by a molding process to form the ends of the optical fibers. The same procedure is used for the other substrates DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME.

555. Manufacture of various mini-broadcast heads and integrations within the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME cluster: These mini-heads of broadcast are identical to those of Concentrafuser. For large quantities, it is advantageous to integrate these heads « N », « 2 x N », « 3 x N » , « 4 x N » Mini-TD respectively in the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO -PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME substrates of the LSI-CDC cluster, through automatic component placement machines, such as chip throwers or others; it should be remembered that these substrates already contain concentrators and their optical fibers, as well as the optical fibers of the diffusers, placed by injection. The most suitable machines today are those from Universal Instruments, Fuji, Siemens or other equivalent machines.

556. VI.C.2 - Methods of manufacturing protective covers for CONRO optical concentrators and PSAT-DIFFRO diffusers-

CHASSIS-DOME, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME

557. Protective caps (FIG.44, FIG.50, FIG.52, FIG.58, FIG.60, FIG.71, FIG.73, FIG.81, FIG.87, FIG.89, FIG.96, FIG. .98, FIG.104, FIG.106, FIG.112, FIG.114) of the CONRO optical concentrators and DIFFRO diffusers of the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME, QUATUOR -PSAT-CHASSIS- DOME are hollow solids with front faces that match the shapes of these parts. Its bases are surpassed by two mini-cylinders for the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME piece, four mini-cylinders for the DUO- PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME piece, six mini-cylinders for the TRIO-PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME piece and eight mini-cylinders for the QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME part; each of these mini-cylinders has a notch which corresponds to the closing fasteners of the PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE, TRIO-PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE parts, as we will see in follow. These covers can be manufactured by molding and the material must be transparent to optical radiation of the appropriate wavelengths.

558. VI.C.3 - Manufacturing methods of optical converters CONFROP and CONSOP and DEVIFROP diverters

559. The CONFROP and CONSOP optical converters are identical (FIG.33) and their difference lies in the way they are used. In fact, if a quasi-point source is sent to appear at the end of an optical fiber properly placed at the input of a CONFROP converter, then a FROP beam will arise from it; if a FROP beam is sent properly incident on a CONSOP converter, then an almost point source will arise at the end of an optical fiber properly placed at the input of this CONSOP converter. Therefore, we will only manufacture one of them, for example the CONFROP optical converter. To do this, we first manufacture a one-piece bushing (33CONSOP-COMFROP-BODY) and an associated cylindrical ring (33FASTENING-RING). The socket has slots for a biconvex collimating or focusing lens (33COLLIM-FOCUS-LENS) and a fiber optic input (33OPFIBER-PLACE). The cylindrical ring is sized to secure the biconvex collimator lens inside the sleeve. The biconvex lens is preferably a thick lens or even a spherical lens for the same reasons as in the case of the optical concentrator. The location of this biconvex lens must be such that its focus can coincide with the end of an optical fiber, if the latter has been properly inserted into the socket. The outside of the socket has two «Precision Alignment Pins», abbreviated as «CONFROP-TALP1» and «CONSOP-TALP2» (33CONSOP-CONFROP-TALP1, 33CONSOP-CONFROP-TALP2), corresponding to two of the four alignment grooves of precision in each CFO conduit, as shown below. The preferred material for the biconvex lens is Fused Silica or PMMA, and a rigid and lightweight material for the socket.

560. DEVIFROP optical diverters (36DEVIFROP4, 36DEVIFROP3, 37DEVIFROP2, 38DEVIFROP1, 39DEVIFROP1, 39DEVIFROP2, 39DEVIFROP3, 39DEVIFROP4) are divided into four categories according to the places they occupy in the OFC ducts, regardless of the level plans of these ducts. Thus, regardless of the number 'k', between '1' and '4', the DEVIFROP optical diverters intended for the PNIVk-CFO1 ducts of the level plane of the number 'k', that is, the PNIVk plane, are called DEVIFROP-CFO1 (38DEVIFROP1, 39DEVIFROP1) ; the diverters for the PNIVk-CFO2 pipelines of the PNIVk level plan are called DEVIFROP-CFO2 (37DEVIFROP2, 39DEVIFROP2); the diverters for the PNIVk-CFO3 pipelines of the PNIVk level plan are called DEVIFROP-CFO3 (36DEVIFROP3, 39DEVIFROP3); the diverters for the PNIVk-CFO4 pipelines of the PNIVk level plan are called DEVIFROP-CFO4 (36DEVIFROP4, 39DEVIFROP4). Each deflector is in the form of a hollow tube bent at 90° called "90° deflection tube", abbreviated to DEVIPE-90, and has a miniature deflection mirror, abbreviated to DEVIMIRR, placed inside the DEVIPE-90° on the bend and a safety plate called «DEVIPLAQUE», which makes it possible to ensure the deflection of the tube.

561. the attachment of the DEVIMIRR mirror and placed on top of it. The inner surface of DEVIPE-90 can be described as the union of two parts belonging to two cylindrical surfaces whose generating lines D1 and D2 are perpendicular and whose guiding curves are two rectangles or two squares or two circles with the same dimensions; its outer surface can be described in the same way, except that the guiding curves have larger dimensions. The outer surface of each DEVIPE-90 tube has four «Precision Alignment Tenons», abbreviated as DEVIT-TALP1, DEVIT-TALP2, DEVIT-TALP3, DEVIT-TALP4 (38DEVIFROP1-TALP1, 38DEVIFROP1-TALP2, 38DEVIFROP1-TALP3, 38DEVIFROP1 -TALP4, 37DEVIFROP2-TALP1, 37DEVIFROP2-TALP2, 37DEVIFROP2-TALP3, 37DEVIFROP2-

TALP4, 36DEVIFROP3-TALP1, 36DEVIFROP3-TALP2, 36DEVIFROP3-TALP3, 36DEVIFROP3-TALP4, 36DEVIFROP4-TALP1, 36DEVIFROP4-TALP2, 36DEVIFROP4-TALP3, 36DEVIFROP4-TALP4), which are identical to one of the CONFROP converters studied above; so that these different devices can be placed alternately in the same CFO conduit; such property is very advantageous for the configuration of a pseudo-photonic satellite according to its location within a SICOSF system. The mirror DEVIMIRR (36DEVIMIRR4, 36DEVIMIRR3, 37DEVIMIRR2, 38DEVIMIRR1, 39DEVIMIRR1, 39DEVIMIRR2, 39DEVIMIRR3, 39DEVIMIRR4) is a straight prism whose base is an isosceles right triangle; its large face, ie the side face at an angle = 45° with each of the other two side faces, is reflective and constitutes a reflecting mirror for an incident optical beam; this prism has three identical hollow passages for the passages of three fixing screws and to ensure accurate alignment inside the DEVIPE-90°; in addition, the DEVIMIRR mirror has four identical notches that correspond to the four tenths of the DEVIPE-90° to increase the accuracy of this alignment. The four DEVIFROP-CFO1, DEVIFROP-CFO2, DEVIFROP-CFO3, DEVIFROP-CFO4 tubes are identical in all points, with the exception of the DEVIPE-90 tubes which are different lengths; these four tubes are called, due to these differences, DEVIPE-90-CFO1, DEVIPE-90-CFO2, DEVIPE-90-CFO3, DEVIPE-90-CFO4 respectively. The operating principle of a DEVIFROP diverter is as follows: - any incident FROP ray, having its axis merged with that of the DEVIPE-90° tube, emerges having suffered a deviation of an angle equal to 90° by the DEVIMIRR mirror. Preferred materials for manufacturing DEVIPE-90 are rigid and lightweight materials.

562. VI.C.4 - Manufacturing methods of the chassis part PSAT-CHASSIS-

BASE

563. The PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE (119PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-BARE, 119PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-CONFIGURED) part of the PSAT- CHASSIS chassis is composed of several elements (FIG.42 to FIG.46, FIG.71 to FIG. .76, FIG.96 to FIG.101, FIG.119, FIG.120, FIG. 121).) which are assembled by screwing, or gluing, after installation of the CONFROP and CONSOP optical converters and, where applicable, of the deflectors DEVIFROP; remember that the presence or absence of DEVIFROP deflectors depends on the location reserved for the pseudo-photonic satellite in question in the SICOSF system. The number of these elements depends on the number of level plans of the CFO conduits; the elements located at the ends of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part are called "PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-LOWER" and "PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER"; If there are two level planes, then there is an additional element called "PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-CENTRAL", which is inserted between the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-LOWER and PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER elements in order to form them . We will successively build parts with one, two and four levels of CFO conduits; such parts are respectively called "PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel", "PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels", "PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-FourLevels". They can be manufactured as follows:

564. Fabrication of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel part (FIG.42, FIG.43, FIG.71, FIG.72, FIG.96, FIG.97, FIG.119, FIG.120)): Having only one level plane, this part thus comprises two elements which are called PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER (42PSAT- CHASSIS-LOWER, 71PSAT- CHASSIS-LOWER, 96PSAT- CHASSIS- LOWER) and PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel- UPPER (42PSAT- CHASSIS-UPPER, 71PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER, 79PSAT- CHASSIS-UPPER, 96PSAT- CHASSIS-UPPER) which are assembled to form the four conduits CFO1, CFO2, CFO3, CFO4. These two elements can be manufactured by molding a rigid, light and opaque material.

565. PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER element : The top face of this element has half of the four CFO conduits and half of the sixteen precision alignment grooves, designated CFO1-RALP1, CFO1-RALP2, CFO1-RALP3, CFO1-RALP4 , for the CFO1 conduit; CFO2-RALP1, CFO2-RALP2, CFO2-RALP3, CFO2-RALP4, for conduit CFO2; CFO3-RALP1, CFO3-RALP2, CFO3-RALP3, CFO3-RALP4, for the CFO3 conduit; CFO4-RALP1, CFO4-RALP2, CFO4-RALP3, CFO4-RALP4, for conduit CFO4. The height of this element is such that it can cover the rear of the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part and also serve as a support for the protective covering of the CONRO optical concentrators and DIFFRO diffusers. It has a fiber optic passage for the CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) couplers, as well as four alignment mortises to ensure accurate mounting with the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER element .

566. PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER Element : The bottom of this element has half of the four conduits and half of the sixteen precision alignment grooves. These halves are identical to those of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER element and are arranged in such a way that, after assembly, they are symmetrical with respect to the level plane. It comprises a passage for the optical fibers of the CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) couplers, as well as four alignment sockets designed to engage the four alignment mortises of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel element -LOWER in order to perform a precision assembly.

567. Fabrication of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels part (FIG.44, FIG.45, FIG.73, FIG.74, FIG.98, FIG.99): Having two level planes, it thus comprises three elements that are called PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER (44PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER, 73PSAT- CHASSIS-LOWER, 98PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER, 99PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER), PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER (44PSAT- CHASSIS- UPPER, 73PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER, 98PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER), PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER (44PSAT- CHASSIS-UPPER, 73PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER, 98PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER), 99PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER) and PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE- TwoLevels-CENTRAL (44PSAT- CHASSIS-CENTRAL, 73PSAT- CHASSIS-CENTRAL, 98PSAT- CHASSIS-CENTRAL 99PSAT- CHASSIS-CENTRAL) which are assembled to form the eight ducts PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4 for the PNIV1 level plan and PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2, PNIV2-CFO3, PNIV2-CFO4 for the PNIV2 level plan. These three elements can be manufactured by molding a rigid, light and opaque material.

568. PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element: The upper face of this element comprises half of the four ducts of the PNIV2 level plane, namely PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2, PNIV2-CFO3, PNIV2-CFO4, as well as half of the sixteen precision alignment grooves, designated PNIV2-CFO1-RALP1, PNIV2-CFO1-RALP2, PNIV2-CFO1-RALP3, PNIV2-CFO1-RALP4, for the PNIV2-CFO1 conduit; PNIV2-CFO2-RALP1, PNIV2-CFO2-RALP2, PNIV2-CFO2-RALP3, PNIV2-CFO2-RALP4, for the PNIV2-CFO2 conduit; PNIV2-CFO3-RALP1, PNIV2-CFO3-RALP2, PNIV2-CFO3-RALP3, PNIV2-CFO3-RALP4, for the PNIV2-CFO3 conduit; PNIV2- CFO4-RALP1, PNIV2-CFO4-RALP2, PNIV2-CFO4-RALP3, PNIV2- CFO4-RALP4, for the PNIV2-CFO4-RALP4 conduit. The height of this element is such that it can cover the rear of the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part and also serve as a support for the protective covering of the CONRO optical concentrators and DIFFRO diffusers. It has a fiber optic passage for the CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) optical couplers, as well as four alignment pins to ensure accurate mounting with the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels- element CENTRAL.

569. PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER Element: The lower part of this element comprises half of the four ducts of the PNIV1 level plane, namely PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4, as well as half of the sixteen precision alignment grooves, designated PNIV1-CFO1-RALP1, PNIV1-CFO1-RALP2, PNIV1-CFO1-RALP3, PNIV1-CFO1-RALP4, for the PNIV2-CFO1 conduit; PNIV1-CFO2-RALP1, PNIV1-CFO2-RALP2, PNIV1-CFO2-RALP3, PNIV1-CFO2-RALP4, for the PNIV1-CFO2 conduct; PNIV1-CFO3-RALP1, PNIV1-CFO3-RALP2, PNIV1-CFO3-RALP3, PNIV1-CFO3-RALP4, for the PNIV1-CFO3 conduct; PNIV1- CFO4-RALP1, PNIV1-CFO4-RALP2, PNIV1-CFO4-RALP3, PNIV1- CFO4-RALP4, for the PNIV1-CFO4-RALP4 conduct. It has a fiber optic passage for the CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) couplers, as well as four alignment necks designed to fit the four alignment mortises of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE- element TwoLevels-CENTRAL to achieve accurate assembly.

570. PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL Element: The upper face of this element comprises the other half of the four ducts of the PNIV1 level plane, namely the PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4 ducts, as well as the other half of the sixteen associated precision alignment grooves; the halves of the ducts and precision grooves are identical to those of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER element and arranged in such a way that, after assembly, they are symmetrical in relation to the PNIV1 level plane. The lower part of this element comprises the other half of the four ducts of the PNIV2 level plane, namely the PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2, PNIV2-CFO3, PNIV2-CFO4 ducts, as well as the other half of the sixteen associated precision alignment grooves ; the duct halves and precision alignment grooves are identical to those of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element and arranged in such a way that, after assembly, they are symmetrical with respect to the PNIV2 level plane. Includes a path for the optical fibers of the CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) couplers, eight alignment mortises, four of which are intended to fit the four alignment pins of the PSAT-CHASSIS-element. BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER and the remaining four are designed to fit the four alignment pins of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element.

571. Fabrication of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-Fur Levels part (FIG.46, FIG.47, FIG.75, FIG.76, FIG.100, FIG.101)): This part is obtained by adding to the PSAT-CHASSIS- BASE-TwoLevels, already built above, an additional module called PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE (46PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE, 75PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE, 100PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE- ADDD- MODULE). This add-on module consists of the following three components called PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE- LOWER (46PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE-LOWER), 75PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODULE-LOWER, 100PSAT- CHASSIS- BASE-ADD-MODULE-LOWER), PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE- ADD-MODULE-UPPER (46PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODULE-UPPER, 75PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE-UPPER, 100PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE -ADDD-MODULE-UPPER), and PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE-CENTRAL (46PSAT- CHASSIS- BASE-ADDD-MODULE-CENTRAL, 75PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD- MODULE-CENTRAL, 100PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE -ADD-MODULE- CENTRAL). It is manufactured molding a rigid and light opaque material, preferably the same material as the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels part:

572. PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDDITIONAL-MODULE-LOWER Element: This element is identical in all respects to the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element, except that it is reduced in height so that it can be installed under it. last.

573. PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDDITIONAL-MODULE-UPPER Element: This element is identical in all respects to the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER element.

574. PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODULE-CENTRAL Element: This element is identical in all respects to the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL element.

575. VI.C.5 - Manufacturing methods of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS chassis

576. The DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS chassis is composed of several elements (FIG.50 to FIG.55, FIG.79 to FIG.84, FIG.104 to FIG.109) which are assembled by screwing or gluing after the CONFROP and CONSOP optical converters and, if necessary, the DEVIFROP converters were installed. The number of these elements depends on the number of level plans of the CFO conduits; the elements located at the ends of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part are called DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-LOWER and DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER ; If there are two level planes, then there is an additional element called DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-CENTRAL, which is interposed between the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-LOWER and DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER elements for the to form. We will successively build parts with one, two and four levels of CFO conduits; such parts are respectively called DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel, DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE-Toled, DUO- PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE-Four levels.

577. Since a DUO-PSAT is a grouping of two Pseudo-Photonic Satellites placed side by side, in order to simplify the manufacture of DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels parts , DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-FourLevels, it is advantageous to proceed by symmetry of certain parts of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part of the PSAT-CHASSIS chassis built above. These can be manufactured as follows:

578. Manufacture of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel part (FIG.50, FIG.51, FIG.79, FIG.80, FIG.104, FIG.105): Having only one level plane, it comprises two elements that are called DUO- PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER (50DUO-PSAT-CASSIS- LOWER, 79DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER, 104DUO-PSAT-CASSIS- LOWER) and DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel -UPPER (50DUO- PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER, 79DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER, 104DUO- PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER) which are assembled to form the eight ducts CFO1, CFO2, CFO3, CFO4, CFO5, CFO6, CFO7, CFO8 . The four conduits CFO1, CFO2, CFO3, CFO4 are identical to those of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part and the four CFO5, CFO6, CFO7, CFO8 are symmetrical with respect to a plane. These two elements can be manufactured by molding a rigid, opaque and lightweight material.

579. DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER Element: The top face of this element comprises half of the eight CF0 conduits and half of the thirty-two precision alignment grooves, called CFOi-RALPj where 'i' is an integer between "1" and "8" designates the number of the CFO conduit and "j" an integer between "1" and "4" designates the number of the slot in the CFO conduit under consideration; for example, CFO7-RALP2, designates groove #2 of the CF07 conduit. The height of this element is such that it can cover the rear of the DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS-DOME part and also support the protective cover of the CONRO optical concentrators and DIFFRO diffusers. It features two fiber optic ports for the CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) couplers, as well as five alignment mortises to ensure accurate mounting with the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE- OneLevel element -UPPER.

580. DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER Element: The bottom of this element contains half of the eight CF0 conduits and half of the thirty-two precision alignment grooves. These halves are identical to those of the element DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER and arranged in such a way that, after assembly, they are symmetrical in relation to the level plane. It comprises two passages for the optical fibers of the CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) couplers, as well as five alignment sockets designed to engage the five alignment mortises of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE element -OneLevel- LOWER, in order to achieve an accurate assembly.

581. Fabrication of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels part (FIG.52, FIG.53, FIG.81, FIG.82, FIG.106, FIG.107) : Having two level planes, it thus comprises three elements which are called DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER (52DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS- LOWER, 81DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER, 106DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS- LOWER), DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels- UPPER (52DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER, 81DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER, 106DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER) and DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL (52DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-CENTRAL, 81DUO-PSAT - CHASSIS-CENTRAL, 106DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-CENTRAL), whose assembly allows to form the sixteen tubes PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4, PNIV1-CFO5, PNIV1-CFO6, PNIV1-

CFO7, PNIV1-CFO8 for the PNIV1 level plan and PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2, PNIV2-CFO3, PNIV2-CFO4, PNIV2-CFO5, PNIV2-CFO6, PNIV2-CFO7, PNIV2-CFO8 for the PNIV2 level plan. These three elements can be manufactured by molding a rigid, light and opaque material.

582. DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element: The upper face of this element comprises half of the eight CFO conduits of the PNIV2 level plane, namely PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2, PNIV2-CFO3, PNIV2-CFO4, PNIV2 -CFO5, PNIV2-CFO6, PNIV2-CFO7, PNIV2-CFO8 as well as half of the thirty-two precision alignment slots, referred to as PNIV2-CFOi-RALPj where "i", an integer from "1" to "8" , refers to the PNIV2 Level Plan CFO conduit number and «j» an integer from «1» to «4» refers to the slot number in the conduit of the particular CFO; for example, PNIV2-CFO6-RALP3, designates slot number 2 of conduit CF06. The height of this element is such that it can cover the rear of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part and also support the protective cover of the CONRO optical concentrators and DIFFRO diffusers. It has two ports for the optical fibers of the CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) optical couplers, as well as five alignment pins to ensure accurate mounting with the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE- element TwoLevels-CENTRAL.

583. DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER element: The lower part of this element contains half of the eight CFO conduits of the PNIV1 level plane, namely PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4, PNIV1 -CFO5, PNIV1-CFO6, PNIV1-CFO7, PNIV1-CFO8, as well as half of the thirty-two precision alignment slots, referred to as PNIV1-CFOi-RALPj where «i», an integer between «1» and «8 », refers to the conduit number of the CFO of the PNIV2 Level Plan and «j» an integer between «1» and «4» refers to the slot number in the conduit of the particular CFO. It has two passes for the fiber optics of the CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) couplers, as well as five alignment necklines designed to fit the five alignment mortises of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS- element BASE- TwoLevels-CENTRAL to achieve a precise assembly.

584. DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL Element: The upper face of this element comprises the other half of the eight CFO ducts of the PNIV1 level plan, namely the PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1 ducts -CFO4, PNIV1-CFO5, PNIV1-CFO6, PNIV1-CFO7, PNIV1-CFO8, as well as the other half of the thirty-two associated precision alignment slots; the halves of the ducts and precision grooves are identical to those of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER element and arranged in such a way that, after assembly, they are symmetrical in relation to the PNIV1 level plane. The lower part of this element comprises the other half of the eight CFO conduits of the PNIV2 level plan, namely the conduits PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2, PNIV2-CFO3, PNIV2-CFO4, PNIV2-CFO5, PNIV2-CFO6, PNIV2-CFO7, PNIV2-CFO8 as well as the other half of the thirty-two associated precision alignment grooves; the halves of the ducts and precision alignment grooves are identical to those of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element and arranged so that, after assembly, they are symmetrical with respect to the PNIV2 level plane. It has two ports for the optical fibers of the CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) couplers, ten alignment mortises, five of which are intended to fit into the five alignment pins of the DUO-PSAT- element CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER and the remaining five are designed to fit the five alignment pins of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element.

585. Fabrication of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-FourLevels part (FIG.54, FIG.55, FIG.83, FIG.84, FIG.108, FIG.109): This part is obtained by adding to the DUO-PSAT part -CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels, already built above, an additional module called DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE (54DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE- ADDD-MODULE, 83DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE , 108DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE). This add-on module consists of the following three components called DUO- PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE-LOWER (54DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE-LOWER), 83DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODULE- LOWER, 108DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODULE-LOWER), DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD- MODULE-UPPER (54DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODULE- UPPER, 83DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS -BASE-ADDD-MODULE-UPPER,

108DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE-UPPER ) and DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-ADDITIONAL-MODULE-CENTRAL (54DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE-CENTRAL, 83DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS -BASE-ADD-MODULE-CENTRAL, 108DUO- PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODULE-CENTRAL). It is manufactured by molding a rigid and light opaque material, preferably the same material as the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels part:

586. DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL- MODULE-LOWER Element: This element is identical in all respects to the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element, except that its height is reduced so that it can be installed underneath the latter.

587. DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL- MODULE-UPPER Element: This element is identical in all respects to the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER element.

588. DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL- MODULE-CENTRAL Element: This element is identical in all respects to the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL element.

589. VI.C.6 - Manufacturing methods of the QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE part of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS chassis

590. The QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS chassis is composed of several elements (FIG.58 to FIG.63, FIG.87 to FIG.92, FIG.112 to FIG.117) that are assembled by screwing or gluing, after installing the CONFROP and CONSOP optical converters and, if necessary, the DEVIFROP converters. The number of these elements depends on the number of level plans of the CFO conduits; the elements located at the ends of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part are called QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE-LOWER and QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE- UPPER ; If there are two level planes, then there is an additional element called QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-CENTRAL, which is inserted between the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE- LOWER and QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER elements, a order to form them. We will successively build parts with one, two and four levels of CFO conduits; such parts are respectively called QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel, QUATUOR-PSAT-

CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE- FourLevels.

591. Since a QUATUOR-PSAT is a grouping of four photonic pseudo-satellites placed side by side, in order to simplify the manufacture of QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels parts , QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE-FourLevels, it is advantageous to proceed by symmetry of certain parts of the DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE part of the DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS chassis built above. These can be manufactured as follows:

592. Manufacture of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel part (FIG.58, FIG.59, FIG.87, FIG.88, FIG.112, FIG.113) : Having only one level plane, it comprises two elements that are called QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER (58QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER, 87QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER, 112QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER) and QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel -UPPER (58QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER, 87QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER, 112QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER) where "i", an integer between "1" and "16", designates the number of the CFOi conduit . The eight conduits CFO1, CFO2, CFO3, CFO4, CFO5, CFO6, CFO7, CFO8 are identical to those of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part and the other eight are symmetrical with respect to a plane. These two elements can be manufactured by molding a rigid, opaque and lightweight material.

593. QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER Element: The top face of this element has half of the sixteen CFO conduits and half of the sixty-four precision alignment grooves, referred to as CFOi-RALPj where 'i' is a number integer between "1" and "16" designates the number of the CFO conduit and "j" an integer between "1" and "4" designates the number of the slot in the CFO conduit under consideration. The height of this element is such that it can cover the rear of the QUATUOR-CHASSIS-DOME part and also support the protective cover of the CONRO optical concentrators and DIFFRO diffusers. It has four ports for the optical fibers of the CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) couplers, as well as four alignment mortises to ensure accurate mounting with the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel element -UPPER.

594. QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASEBASED-OneLevel-UPPER Element: The bottom of this element contains half of the sixteen CFO conduits and half of the sixty-four Precision Alignment slots. These halves are identical to those of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER element and are arranged in such a way that, after assembly, they are symmetrical with respect to the level plane. It comprises four passages for the optical fibers of the CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) couplers, as well as four alignment necks designed to fit the four alignment mortises of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE element -OneLevel-LOWER, in order to perform a precision assembly.

595. Manufacture of the part QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels (FIG.60, FIG.61, FIG.89, FIG90, FIG.114, FIG. 115): Having two level planes, it thus comprises three elements that are called QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER (60QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER, 89QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER, 114QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-LOWER), QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER ( 60QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER, 89QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER, 114QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-UPPER), and QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL (60QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-CENTRAL, 89QUAT-PSAT- CHASSIS-CENTRAL, 114QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-CENTRAL) assembled to form the thirty-two PNIVk-CFOi ducts where «k», an integer between «1» and «2», designates the number of the classification plan, and « i', an integer between '1' and '16', designates the number of the OFC conduit in the classification plan. These three elements can be manufactured by molding a rigid, light and opaque material.

596. QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element: The upper face of this element contains half of the sixteen CFO conduits in the PNIV2 Level Plan, namely the PNIV2-CFOi conduits where "i", an integer between «1» and "16", designates the CFO conduit number in the PNIV2 Level Plan, as well as half of the sixty-four Precision Alignment slots, referred to as PNIV2-CFOi-RALPj where "i", an integer between "1" and “16” refers to the PNIV2 Level Plan CFO conduit number and “j” an integer between “1” and “4” refers to the slot number in the particular CFO conduit. The height of this element is such that it can cover the rear part of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME part and also support the protective cover of the CONRO optical concentrators and DIFFRO diffusers.It has four passages for the optical fibers of the CONSOP-CPLR optical couplers (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) as well as four alignment pins o to ensure accurate mounting with the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL element.

597. QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER Element: The lower part of this element contains half of the sixteen CFO conduits in the PNIV1 Level Plan, namely the PNIV1-CFOi conduits where «i», an integer between «1» and "16" designates the CFO conduit number in the PNIV1 Level Plan, as well as half of the sixty-four Precision Alignment slots, referred to as PNIV1-CFOi-RALPj where "i", an integer between "1" and “16” refers to the PNIV1 Level Plan CFO conduit number and “j” an integer between “1” and “4” refers to the slot number in the particular CFO conduit. It has four ports for the optical fibers of the CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) couplers, as well as four alignment necks designed to fit the four alignment mortises of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE element - TwoLevels-CENTRAL to achieve a precise assembly.

598. QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL element: The upper face of this element contains the other half of the sixteen CFO conduits of the PNIV1 level plane, namely the PNIV1-CFOi conduits where 'i' is an integer between « 1' and '16' designates the CFO conduit number in the PNIV1 level plane, as well as half of the sixty-four associated precision alignment grooves; the CFO conduit halves and precision grooves are identical to those of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER element and arranged in such a way that, after assembly, they are symmetrical with respect to the PNIV1 level plane. The lower face of this element comprises the other half of the sixteen CFO conduits of the PNIV2 level plan, namely the PNIV2-CFOi conduits, where "i", an integer between "1" and "16", designates the number of the CFO conduit in the PNIV2 level plane, as well as the other half of the associated sixty-four precision alignment grooves; the CFO conduit halves and precision grooves are identical to those of the QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element and arranged in such a way that, after assembly, they are symmetrical with respect to the PNIV2 level plane. It has four ports for the optical fibers of the CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) couplers, eight alignment mortises, five of which are intended to fit the four alignment pins of the QUATUOR-PSAT- element CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER and the remaining four are designed to fit the four alignment pins of the QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element.

599. Fabrication of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-FourLevels part (FIG.62, FIG.68, FIG.91, FIG.92, FIG.116, FIG.117): This part is obtained by adding to the QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE- ADD-MODULE (62QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE, 91QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE, 116QUAT-PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE). This add-on module consists of the following three components called QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE-LOWER (62QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE- ADDD-MODULE-LOWER, 91QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD- MODULE-LOWER , 116QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD- MODULE-LOWER), QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD- MODULE-UPPER (62QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODULE- UPPER, 91QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS- BASE-ADDD-MODULE-UPPER, 116QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE-UPPER) and QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE-CENTRAL (62QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE-CENTRAL , 91QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODULE-CENTRAL, 116QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADD-MODULE-CENTRAL). It is manufactured by molding a rigid and light opaque material, preferably the same material as the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels piece:

600. QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL- MODULE-LOWER Element: This element is identical in all respects to the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element, except that its height is reduced so that it can be installed underneath the latter.

601. QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL- MODULE-UPPER Element: This Element is identical in all respects to the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER element.

602. QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels- ADDITIONAL-MODULE-CENTRAL: This element is identical in all respects to the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL element.

603. VI.C.7 - Manufacturing methods of the PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE part of the PSAT-CHASSIS chassis

604. The PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE part (121PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE-BARE, 122PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-BARE, 122PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-CONFIGURED) of the PSAT- CHASSIS chassis is composed of four main parts (FIG.121a FIG. 122) referred to as PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER (121INTERFACE-LOWER), PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH1 (121INTERFACE-LATCH1), PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH2 (121INTERFACE-LATCH2), PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE -DRUM (121 INTERFACE-DRUM). The three elements PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE-LOWER, PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH1 and PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH2 are preferably joined by adhesive bonding. The two elements PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE- LOWER and PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM are screw-mounted after the optical couplers CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) have been installed. They can be manufactured as follows:

605. PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER Element: This element (121INTERFACE-LOWER) is intended to be screw-mounted on the upper face of the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE piece (FIG.42 to FIG.46, FIG.71 to FIG. .76, FIG.96 to FIG.101, FIG.119, FIG.120); remember that this top face corresponds to the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER or PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER or PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-FourLevels-UPPER element. Includes a cradle, ie PSAT-CRADLE, for installing the CONSOP-CPLR and CONFROP-CPLR optical couplers. The PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER part must be manufactured in accordance with the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part; the bolt holes are surrounded by hollow alignment cylinders. This element is manufactured by molding a rigid and light opaque material, preferably the same material as the PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part.

606. Elements PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH1 and PSAT- CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH2: These two elements (121INTERFACE-LATCH1, 121INTERFACE-LATCH1), constitute the closing/unlocking devices of the protective cover of the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME. They are identical and designed in such a way that, on the one hand, the latch of each of them can fit, by simple pressure, into the appropriate notch in the protective cover of the CONRO optical concentrators and DIFFRO diffusers of the PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME to lock it and the keep in this state, and on the other hand, the unlocking can be carried out by simple friction on the associated buttons. The components used to manufacture the mechanism of these elements are coil springs and other parts that the Man of Art, in the field of micromechanics, knows how to manufacture and assemble.

607. PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM Element: This element (121INTERFACE-DRUM) is composed of two coaxial cylindrical solids, the smaller of which is placed on top of the larger one; each of these cylinders has helical grooves. The larger cylinder has two large lateral openings for the passage of optical fibers before being rolled up and holes for screwing them into the PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER element (121INTERFACE-LOWER).

608. VI.C.8 - Methods of manufacturing the chassis part DUO-PSAT-

CHASSIS

609. The DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE (123DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS-INTERFACE-CONFIGURED) part of the DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS chassis consists of six main components (FIG.123) called DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER (123INTERFACE-LOWER), DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE- LATCH1 (123INTERFACE-LATCH1), DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE-LATCH2 (123INTERFACE-LATCH2), DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH3 (123INTERFACE-LATCH3) , DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH4 (123INTERFACE-LATCH4), DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM (123INTERFACE-DRUM). The five elements DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH1, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE-LATCH2, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH3,

DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH4 are preferably glued together. The two elements DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE- LOWER and DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM are screw-mounted after the CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP-CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) optocouplers have been installed . They can be manufactured as follows:

610. DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER Element: This element (123INTERFACE-LOWER) is intended to be screw-mounted on the upper face of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE piece (FIG.50 to FIG.55, FIG. Fig. 50 to Fig. 55, Fig. 79 to Fig. 84, Fig. 104 to Fig. 109); remember that this top face corresponds to the element DUO- PSAT-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER or DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER or DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-FourLevels-UPPER. Includes a cradle, ie DUO-PSAT-CRADLE, for installing the CONSOP-CPLR and CONFROP-CPLR optical couplers. The DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER element must be manufactured in accordance with the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part; the bolt holes are surrounded by hollow alignment cylinders. This element is manufactured by molding a rigid and slightly opaque material, preferably the same material as the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part.

611. Elements DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH1, DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH2, DUO-PSAT- CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH3 and DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE-LATCH4 : These four elements (123INTERFACE-LATCH1 , 123INTERFACE-LATCH2, 123INTERFACE-LATCH3, 123INTERFACE-LATCH4) constitute the closing/unlocking devices of the protective cover of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME. They are identical and designed in such a way that, on the one hand, the latch of each one of them can fit, by simple pressure, into the appropriate notch in the protective cover of the CONRO optical concentrators and DIFFRO diffusers of the DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME to lock it and keep in this state, and, on the other hand, the unlocking can be carried out by simple friction on the associated buttons. The components used to manufacture the mechanism of these elements are coil springs and other parts that the Man of Art, in the field of micromechanics, knows how to manufacture and assemble.

612. DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM element: This element (123INTERFACE-DRUM) is identical to the PSAT- CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM element (121INTERFACE-DRUM) of the PSAT-CHASSIS chassis.

613. VI.C.9 - Manufacturing methods of the QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS-INTERFACE part of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS chassis

614. The QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE (124QUAT-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-CONFIGURED) part of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS chassis is made up of ten main elements (FIG.124) called QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER (124INTERFACE-LOWER), QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE-LATCH1 (124INTERFACE-LATCH1), QUATUOR- PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH2 (124INTERFACE-LATCH2), QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH3 (124INTERFACE) , QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH4 (124INTERFACE-LATCH4), QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE-LATCH5 (124INTERFACE-LATCH5), QUATUOR- PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH6 (124INTERFACE-LATCH-6), CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH7 (124INTERFACE-LATCH7), QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH8 (124INTERFACE-LATCH8), QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE-DRUM (124INTERFACE-DRUM). The nine elements QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER, QUATUOR- PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH1, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE-LATCH2, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE- LATCH3, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERF -LATCH4, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH5, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH6, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE-LATCH7, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH8, are preferably glued together. The two elements QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER and QUATUOR- PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH8, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE-DRUM are screw-mounted after the CONSOP-CPLR (34OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) and CONFROP optical couplers -CPLR (35OPCOUPLER-COMBINER) have been installed. They can be manufactured as follows:

615. QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE- LOWER element: This element (124INTERFACE-LOWER) is intended to be screw-mounted on the upper face of the QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE piece (FIG.58 to FIG.63, FIG. 87, FIG. 88). FIG.58 to FIG.63, FIG.87 to FIG.92, FIG.112 to FIG.117); remember that this top face corresponds to the QUATUOR-PSAT-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER or QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER or QUATUOR- PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-FourLevels-UPPER element. Includes a cradle, ie QUATUOR-PSAT-CRADLE, for installing the CONSOP-CPLR and CONFROP-CPLR optical couplers. The QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER element must be manufactured in accordance with the QUATUOR-PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE part; the bolt holes are surrounded by hollow alignment cylinders. This element is manufactured by molding a rigid and slightly opaque material, preferably the same material as the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE part.

616. Elements QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE- LATCH1, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH2, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH3, QUATUOR- PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH4, QUATUOR-PSAT-INTERF- CHAS -LATCH5, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE-LATCH6, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH7, QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH8 : These eight elements (124INTERFACE-LATCH1 to 124INTERFACE- LATCH8) constitute the closing devices /unlocking the protective cover of the QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME. They are identical and designed in such a way that, on the one hand, the latch of each of them can fit, by simple pressure, into the appropriate notch in the protective cover of the CONRO optical concentrators and DIFFRO diffusers of the QUATUOR- PSAT-CHASSIS-DOME to lock it and keep it in this state, and on the other hand, unlocking can be carried out by simple friction on the associated buttons. The components used to manufacture the mechanism of these elements are coil springs and other parts that the Man of Art, in the field of micromechanics, knows how to manufacture and assemble.

617. QUATUOR-PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM element: This element (124INTERFACE-DRUM) is identical to the PSAT- CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM element (121INTERFACE-DRUM) of the PSAT-CHASSIS chassis.

618. VI.D - Manufacturing methods of FROP Beam communication adapters and Pseudo-Satellite Photonic adapters

619. In this part we will detail a way to manufacture the main components of an autonomous FROP beam adapter, that is, a combined autonomous FROP beam adapter and a photonic pseudo-satellite or a group of two pseudo-satellites. Furthermore, it should be remembered that these adapters were described in the Exposition of the Invention.

620. VI.D.1 - Manufacturing methods of the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE part of the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter chassis

621. The ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE part of the ADAPT-CHASSIS chassis (FIG.127, FIG.129, FIG.131) is composed of several elements (FIG.127- FIG.132) that are assembled by screwing, or gluing, after installing the CONFROP and CONSOP optical converters. The number of these elements depends on the number of level plans of the CFO's pipelines.

622. The elements at the extremes of the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE part (127ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE, 129ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE, 131DAPT- CHASSIS-BASE) are referred to as ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-LOWER (127ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-LOWER ), 129ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE- LOWER, 131DAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-LOWER) and ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER (127ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER, 129ADAPT- CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER, 131DAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-UPPER ) ; If there are two level planes, then there is an additional element called 129ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-CENTRAL, 131ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-CENTRAL), which is inserted between the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE- LOWER and ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE- elements UPPER. We will successively build parts with one, two, and four CFO duct level plans; such parts are respectively called ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE- OneLevel (127ADAPT-COMFROP-OneLevel, 128ADAPT-COMFROP- OneLevel), ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-Two Levels (129ADAPT- COMFROP-TwoLevels, 130ADAPT-COMFROP-TwoLevels), ADAPT- CHASSIS-BASE-FourLevels (131ADAPT-COMFROP-FourLevels, 132ADAPT-COMFROP-FourLevels). These can be manufactured as follows:

623. Fabrication of the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel part: Having only a one-level plane, this part (FIG.127, FIG. 128) therefore comprises two elements called ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER (127ADAPT-CHASSIS -BASE-LOWER) and ADAPT- CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER (127ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-

UPPER) which are assembled to form the four ducts CFO1, CFO2, CFO3, CFO4 (127PNIV1-CFO1, 127PNIV1-CFO2, 127PNIV1-CFO3, 127PNIV1-CFO4). These two elements can be manufactured by molding a rigid, light and opaque material.

624. ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER Element : The top face of this element has half of the four conduits and half of the sixteen precision alignment grooves, labeled CFO1-RALP1, CFO1-RALP2, CFO1-RALP3, CFO1-RALP4, for the CFO1 conduit; CFO2-RALP1, CFO2-RALP2, CFO2-RALP3, CFO2-RALP4, for conduit CFO2; CFO3-RALP1, CFO3-RALP2, CFO3-RALP3, CFO3-RALP4, for the CFO3 conduit; CFO4-RALP1, CFO4-RALP2, CFO4-RALP3, CFO4-RALP4, for conduit CFO4. The height of this element is such that it can cover the back of the protective cover on the top of the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter and also serve as a support. It has one or more through holes (128OPFIBER-HOLE) for fiber optic cables to connect the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter to the OPFIBRE-LAN LAN, two large openings for the optical fibers contained in said cables, five alignment mortises to ensure accurate assembly with the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER element.

625. ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER Element: The bottom of this element has the other half of the four conduits as well as the other half of the sixteen precision alignment grooves. These halves are identical to those of the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-LOWER element and are arranged in such a way that, after assembly, they are symmetrical with respect to the level plane. It includes two wide openings for the passage of optical fibers contained in said cables and five alignment necks designed to fit the five alignment mortises of the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER element, in order to carry out a precision assembly.

626. Fabrication of the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels part: Having two level planes, this part (FIG.129, FIG.130) therefore comprises three elements called ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER (129ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE -LOWER), ADAPT- CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER (129ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE- UPPER) and ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL (129ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-CENTRAL) whose assembly allows to form the eight PNIV1- ducts. CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4 for the PNIV1 level plan, and PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2,

PNIV2-CFO3, PNIV2-CFO4 (129PNIV2-CFO1, 129PNIV2-CFO2, 129PNIV2-CFO3, 129PNIV2-CFO4) for the PNIV2 level plan. These three elements can be manufactured by molding a rigid, light and opaque material.

627. ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER Element: The upper face of this element comprises half of the four ducts of the PNIV2 level plane, namely PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2, PNIV2-CFO3, PNIV2-CFO4, as well as half of the sixteen precision alignment grooves, designated PNIV2-CFO1-RALP1, PNIV2-CFO1-RALP2, PNIV2-CFO1-RALP3, PNIV2-CFO1-RALP4, for the PNIV2-CFO1 conduit; PNIV2-CFO2-RALP1, PNIV2-CFO2-RALP2, PNIV2-CFO2-RALP3, PNIV2-CFO2-RALP4, for the PNIV2-CFO2 conduct; PNIV2-CFO3-RALP1, PNIV2-CFO3-RALP2, PNIV2-CFO3-RALP3, PNIV2-CFO3-RALP4, for the PNIV2-CFO3 conduit; PNIV2- CFO4-RALP1, PNIV2-CFO4-RALP2, PNIV2-CFO4-RALP3, PNIV2- CFO4-RALP4, for the PNIV2-CFO4-RALP4 conduit. The height of this element is such that it can cover the back of the protective cover on the top of the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter and also serve as a support. It has one or more through holes for fiber optic cables, called FIBER OPTIC HOLES (130OPFIBER-HOLE), to connect the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter to the OPFIBRE-LAN local network, two large openings for the passage of optical fibers contained in said cables , five alignment pins to ensure accurate mounting with the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL element.

628. ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER Element: The lower part of this element comprises half of the four ducts of the PNIV1 level plane, namely PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1-CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1-CFO4, as well as half of the sixteen precision alignment grooves, designated PNIV1-CFO1-RALP1, PNIV1-CFO1-RALP2, PNIV1-CFO1-RALP3, PNIV1-CFO1-RALP4, for the PNIV2-CFO1 conduit; PNIV1-CFO2-RALP1, PNIV1-CFO2-RALP2, PNIV1-CFO2-RALP3, PNIV1-CFO2-RALP4, for the PNIV1-CFO2 conduct; PNIV1-CFO3-RALP1, PNIV1-CFO3-RALP2, PNIV1-CFO3-RALP3, PNIV1-CFO3-RALP4, for the PNIV1-CFO3 conduct; PNIV1- CFO4-RALP1, PNIV1-CFO4-RALP2, PNIV1-CFO4-RALP3, PNIV1- CFO4-RALP4, for the PNIV1-CFO4-RALP4 conduct. It has two large openings for the passage of optical fibers, five alignment necklines designed to fit the five mortises of the ADAPT-element.

CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL to achieve precise mounting.

629. ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-Type I-TwoLevels-CENTRAL : The upper face of this element contains the other half of the four ducts of the PNIV1 level plane, namely the PNIV1-CFO1, PNIV1- CFO2, PNIV1-CFO3, PNIV1- CFO4 as well as the other half of the sixteen associated precision alignment grooves; the halves of the ducts and precision grooves are identical to those of the ADAPT- CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER element and arranged in such a way that, after assembly, they are symmetrical in relation to the PNIV1 level plane. The underside of this element comprises the other half of the four ducts of the PNIV2 level plane, namely the PNIV2-CFO1, PNIV2-CFO2, PNIV2-CFO3, PNIV2-CFO4 ducts, as well as the other half of the sixteen associated precision alignment grooves ; the duct halves and precision grooves are identical to those of the ADAPT- CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER element and arranged so that, after assembly, they are symmetrical with respect to the PNIV2 level plane. It has two large openings for the passage of optical fibers, ten alignment mortises, designed to mate with the ten alignment elements of the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER and ADAPT- CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER elements.

630. Fabrication of the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-Four levels part: This part (FIG.131, FIG.132) is achieved by adding to the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels part, built above, an additional module called ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE -ADDD-MODULE (131ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE). This add-on module consists of the following three elements, referred to as ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE- ADDITIONAL-MODULE-LOWER (131ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE- ADDD-MODULE-LOWER), ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL- MODULE-UPPER (131ADAPT- CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE- UPPER), and ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODULE- CENTRAL (131ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDD-MODULE- CENTRAL). It is manufactured molding a rigid and slightly opaque material, preferably the same material as ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels :

631. ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODULE- LOWER: This element is identical in all respects to the element

ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-LOWER, except that its height is reduced so that it can be installed under the latter.

632. ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODULE- UPPER: This element is identical in all respects to the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER element.

633. ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-ADDITIONAL-MODULE-CENTRAL: This element is identical in all respects to the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-CENTRAL element.

634. VI.D.2 - Manufacturing methods of the ADAPT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE part of the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter chassis

635. The ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE part (127ADAPT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE, 129ADAPT- CHASSIS-INTERFACE, 131ADAPT- CHASSIS-INTERFACE) of the ADAPT-CHASSIS chassis (FIG.127, FIG.129, FIG.131) is similar to the part. DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE) of the DUO-PSAT (FIG.123), constructed in subsection IV.C.8. This part is composed of six main elements called ADAPT- CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER, ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE- LATCH1, ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH2, ADAPT- CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH3, ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE- LATCH4, ADAPT -CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM. The five elements ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER, ADAPT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE-LATCH1, ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH2, ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH3, ADAPT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE-LATCH4, are preferably joined by adhesive bonding . The two elements ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER and ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM are screw-mounted after the CONSOP-CPLR and CONFROP-CPLR optocouplers have been installed. They can be manufactured as follows:

636. ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LOWER element: This element is intended to be screw-mounted on the upper face of the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE part; remember that this top face corresponds to the element ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-OneLevel-UPPER or ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-TwoLevels-UPPER or ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE-FourLevels-UPPER. It may include a cradle, i.e. ADAPT-CRADLE, for the installation of CONSOP-CPLR and CONFROP-CPLR optical couplers, if, for example, the number of optical fibers is reduced, which would, inter alia, have a substantial impact on the optical sensitivity of the SICOSF system. The ADAPT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE-LOWER element must be manufactured in accordance with the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE part; the bolt holes are surrounded by hollow alignment cylinders. This element is manufactured by molding a rigid and slightly opaque material, preferably the same material as the ADAPT-CHASSIS-BASE part.

637. Elements ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH1, ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH2, ADAPT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE-LATCH3, ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-LATCH4: These four elements constitute the closing/unlocking devices of the opaque protective cover of the adapter frame. They are identical and designed in such a way that, on the one hand, the latch of each one of them can be engaged, simply by pressing it, into the appropriate notch in the opaque protection cover of the frame (127ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 128ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER ), 129ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 130ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 131ADAPT-CASSSIS-COVER, 132ADAPT-CASSSIS-COVER), to lock and keep it in this state, and on the other hand, unlocking can be carried out by simply rubbing the buttons associates. The components used to manufacture the mechanism of these elements are coil springs and other parts that the Man of Art, in the field of micromechanics, knows how to manufacture and assemble.

638. ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM element: Is identical to the PSAT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE-DRUM element of the PSAT-CHASSIS chassis.

639. VI.D.3 - Manufacturing method of section ADAPT-CHASSIS-

PROTECTIVE COVER

640. Remember that the ADAPT-CHASSIS-PROTECTIVE Cover is the protective cover for the ADAPT-COMFROP adapter. It is a solid hollow (127ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 128ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 129ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 130ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 131DAPT-CHASSIS-COVER, 132ADAPT-CHASSIS-COVER) with a front face following the shape of the part ADAPT-CHASSIS-INTERFACE; its base is surmounted by four mini-cylinders each with a notch corresponding to the blocking catches of the ADAPT-CHASSIS- INTERFACE part. This cover can be manufactured by molding and the material can be opaque.

641. VI.D.4 - Methods of manufacturing COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT and COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapters

642. The COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT and COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapters can be manufactured from scratch, but the simplest way to do this is to modify a pseudo-photonic PSAT or a set of two pseudo-photonic DUO-PSAT ( FIG.133 to FIG.144), respectively, as follows:

643. Modifications to chassis parts PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE and DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE: The operation consists (FIG.133 to FIG.144) to make cable entry holes (133OPFIBER-HOLE, 134OPFIBER-HOLE, 135OPFIBER-HOLE -HOLE, 136OPFIBER-HOLE, 138OPFIBER-HOLE, 140OPFIBER-HOLE, 142OPFIBER-HOLE, 144OPFIBER-HOLE) fiber optics in PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-LOWER and DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE-LOWER chassis parts of the PSAT- CHASSIS-BASE and DUO-PSAT-CHASSIS-BASE. Part of the optical fibers in these cables is used to connect the following cables to the ICFO interface of the OPFIBRE-LAN local network: - the «N» CONRO optical concentrators, to a COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT adapter or the «2 x N» optical concentrators » CONRO for a COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapter; - "N" DIFFRO optical diffusers, for a COMBINED-ADAPT-PSAT adapter or "2 x N" DIFFRO optical diffusers, for a COMBINED-ADAPT-DUO-PSAT adapter.

644. Installation of CONSOP and CONFROP optical converters: Installation of several CONSOP optical converters with a photonic pseudo-satellite converter included in the SICOSF system. Likewise, installation of several CONFROP optical converters at the rate of one photonic pseudo-satellite converter included in the SICOSF system. Each of these optical converters CONSOP and CONFROP is intended to be connected by an optical fiber to the ICFO interface of the local network OPFIBRE-LAN.

645. VI.E-METHOD FOR THE MANUFACTURING OF A PHOTONIC PORT TO INTERCONNECT TWO SICOSF SYSTEMS (PPI-REPEATER) • Manufacture of a photonic gateway for interconnecting two SICOSF systems (FIG.212-FIG.213), requires the use of two ADAPT-COMFROP adapters (213ADAPT-COMFROP1,

213ADAPT-COMFROP2) as manufactured in part VI.D.2 above. Then, using an optical coupler (213OPCOUPLER), proceed as follows:

646. The optical signals provided by all CONFROP optical converters belonging to one ADAPT-COMFROP adapter (213ADAPT-COMFROP1) are mixed and distributed to all CONSOP optical converters to the other ADAPT-COMFROP adapter (213ADAPT-COMFROP2); and

647. The signals provided optically by all CONSOP optical converters belonging to one of the ADAPT-COMFROP adapters (213ADAPT-COMFROP2) are mixed and distributed to all CONFROP optical converters of the other ADAPT-COMFROP adapter (213ADAPT-COMFROP1).

648. VI.F - WAVELENGTH ASSIGNMENT METHOD TO PSEUDO-SATELLITE IN A SICOSF SYSTEM -

APPLICATION EXAMPLES

649. VI.F.1 - REMEMBER COMBINATORY ANALYSIS

650. VI.F.1.A - Theorem: That E and F are two non-empty finite sets of respective cardinals m and n (m ≤ n), the set of injections of E in F is finite and has for cardinal : n! A mn =

651. ( ) n−m !

652. For example:

653. E = {1, 2, ..., m} and F = {x1, ..., xn}

654. That « i » is an injection of E into F: p → i(p) = xi(p)

655. The image of the injection « i » of E into F is i (E) = (xi(1), xi(2), …, xi(m)).

656. VI.F.1.B - Definition: The image of an injection «i» of E into F is called a non-repeating array of «n» objects x1, …, xn, « m » à « m ».

657. VI.F.1.C - Theorem: The number of bijections the set E = {1, 2, ..., n} over a set F = {x1, …, xn} is equal to «n ! ».

658. This is an application of the theorem in paragraph VI.F.1.A, in the case m = n.

659. VI.F.1.D - Definition: A bijection of a finite set about itself is called a permutation.

660. VI.F.1.E - Theorem: The number of pieces with elements « m » of a set with elements « n » is equal to : n! C mn = m !( n − m ) !

661.

662. VI.F.1.F - Definition: Any part with elements « m » of a set with elements « n » is called a non-repeating combination of elements « n » from « m » to « m ».

663. VI.F.1.G - Properties: C mn = C nn − m

664. n C mn = C mn −−11

665. m (n − m + 1) C mn = C mn −1

666. m

667. VI.F.2 - METHOD OF ASSIGNMENT OF THE WAVELENGTH AND PROPAGATION OF THE TRANSMISSION SPECTRUM-

RECEPTION THROUGH ADAPTIVE JUMP OF WAVE-LENGTH

668. VI.F.2.A - Problem position

669. L = {λl, ..., λnλ} the set of transmit and receive wavelengths of a local network with a SICOSF system and E = {1, ..., nλ} where « nλ » is equal to cardinal of L. Let « ns » be the number of photonic pseudo-satellites of the SICOSF system and PST = {PSAT1, ..., PSATns} the set of these pseudo-satellites. • problem is to determine a partition of the set of wavelengths L = {λl, ..., λnλ} whose number of parts is equal to « ns » to assign them to the pseudo-satellites « ns » PSAT1, ..., PSATns so that they can communicate without interference with each other, even performing jumps in wavelength.

670. VI.F.2.B - Problem solving method

671. Classification

672. That « i » is a bijection of the set of wavelengths L = { λl,...,λnλ } over itself, denoted λk → i(λk).

673. According to theorem VI.F.1.C, the number of bijections is equal to « nλ ! ».

674. When posing i(λk) = λi(k) where k  {1, ..., nλ}, the bijection image « i » in the set L = {λl,...,λnλ} is an ordered set with nλ elements, that is, an “nλ uplets”, namely i (L) = (λi(1), ..., λi(nλ)).

675. Extractions and assignment of wavelength subsets to the pseudo-satellite « ns » PSAT1, ..., PSATns

676. Note the necessary condition nλ ≥ ns.

677. The extraction of the wavelength subsets that form a partition of the set L = {λl, ..., λnλ} is performed as follows:

678. Let « i » be any jewel among the « nλ ! » bijections of the set of wavelengths L = {λl,...,λnλ} on itself and i (L) = (λi(1), ..., λi(nλ)) its image.

679. Case where nλ is divisible ns : let's put nλ = q ns :

680. The subsets « ns » of wavelengths are chosen so that each of them has « q » elements. This choice is made as follows:

681. The subset of wavelengths {λi(1), ..., λi(q)} is assigned to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT1 and is called « λi(k1) » where k1  {1, ... .q} and can be ordered and annotated « (λi(1), ..., λi(q)) ».

682. The subset of wavelengths {λi(q+1), ..., λi(2q)} is assigned to the pseudo-satellite PSAT2; is annotated « λi(k2) » where k2 {q+1, ... , 2q} and can be ordered and annotated « (λi(q+1), ..., λi(2q)) ».

683. ….

684. The subset of wavelengths {λi(q.ns - q+1), ..., λi(q.ns)} is assigned to the pseudo-satellite PSATns; is noted "λi(kns)" where kns {(q.ns)

- q+1), ... , q.ns}e can be ordered and annotated « (λi(q.ns - q+1), ..., λi(q.ns)) ».

685. Case where nλ is not divisible ns: let's assume nλ = q ns + r = q (ns – 1) +q +r où 0 < r < ns • The subsets « (ns - 1) » of the wavelengths are chosen so that each of them has «q» elements, while the remaining subset will have elements (q + r), as follows:

686. The subset of wavelengths {λi(1), ..., λi(q)} is assigned to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT1 and is called « λi(k1) » where k1  {1, ... .q} and can be ordered and annotated « (λi(1), ..., λi(q)) ».

687. The subset of wavelengths {λi(q+1), ..., λi(2q)} is assigned to the pseudo-satellite PSAT2; is annotated « λi(k2) » where k2 {q+1, ... , 2q} and can be ordered and annotated « (λi(q+1), ..., λi(2q)) ».

688. ….

689. The subset of wavelengths {λi(q.ns - 2q+1), ..., λi(q.ns-q)} is assigned to the pseudo-satellite « PSAT(ns - 1) »; is annotated « λi(kns-1) » where kns-1  {(q.ns - 2q+1), ..., (q.ns-q)} and can be ordered and annotated « (λi(q. ns - 2q+1), ..., λi(q.ns-q)) ».

690. The wavelength subset {λi(q.ns - q+1), ..., λi(q.ns+r)} is assigned to the pseudo-satellite PSATns; is denoted « λi(kns) »where kns  {q (ns - 1)+1, ..., q.ns+r} can be ordered and denoted « (λi(q.ns - q+1), . .., λi(q.ns+r)) ».

691. VI.F.2.C - Application of the Method to an electronic communications network with a SICOSF system in which the CELLij photonic cell matrix has columns « m » and rows « n » where « m = 1 » and «n =1»

692. Background: Drawings FIG.214 to FIG.227 • SICOSF system has only one cell CELL11 and we will limit ourselves to the case ns = 4 and nλ = 4 and the case ns = 4 and nλ = 8.

693. Case ns = 4 and nλ = 4 or nλ = 8: Extractions and assignment of wavelength subsets to the « 4 » pseudo-satellites PSAT-A11, PSAT-B11, PSAT-C11, PSAT-D11 of the single cell CELL11

694. The necessary condition nλ ≥ ns is verified.

695. If nλ = 4 and ns = 4 => q = 1 :

696. Let « i » be any one of the « 4 »! Let « i » be a bijection of the set of wavelengths L = {λl, ..., λ4} over itself and i (L) (λi(1), ..., λi(4)) its image.

• number of permutations of the wavelengths of «4» is equal to «4 ! = 24» and the number of non-repeating arrays of lengths 4! waveform «4»from «1» to «1» is equal to A 4 = =4. 1 ( 4 − 1) !

697. The extraction of the wavelength subsets that form a partition of the set L = {λl, ..., λ4} is performed as follows:

698. The subsets « ns = 4 » of the wavelengths are chosen so that each of them has « q = 1 » as an element, then :

699. The wavelength « λi(k1) » where k1 = 1, i.e. « λi(1) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-A11.

700. The wavelength "λi(k2)" where k2 = 2, i.e. "λi(2)", on the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B11.

701. The wavelength « λi(k3) » where k3 = 3, i.e. « λi(3) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-C11.

702. The wavelength « λi(k4) » where k4 = 4, i.e. « λi(4) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-D11.

703. Case nλ = 8 and ns = 4 => q = 2

704. Let «i» be any one of the « 8 ! » a bijection of the set of wavelengths L = {λl, ..., λ8} on itself and i (L) = (λi(1), ..., λi(8)) its image.

• number of permutations of wavelengths « 8 » is equal to « 8 ! = 40320 » and the number of non-repeating arrays of wavelengths « 8 » from «2» to «2» is equal to 8! A 82 = = 56 . (8 − 2 )!

705. The extraction of the wavelength subsets forming a partition of the set L = {λl, ..., λ8} is performed as follows:

706. The subsets « ns = 4 » of the wavelengths are chosen so that each has « q = 2 » elements, then :

707. The subset of wavelengths {λi(1), λi(2)} in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-A11; « λi(k1) » is indicated where k1  {1, 2} and can be ordered and indicated « (λi(1), λi(2)) ».

708. The subset of wavelengths {λi(3), λi(4)} in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B11; « λi(k2) » is indicated where k2  {3, 4} and can be ordered and indicated « (λi(3), λi(4)) ».

709. The wavelength subset {λi(5), λi(6)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-C11; is designated « λi(k3) » where k3  {5, 6} and can be ordered and designated « (λi(5), λi(6)) »

710. The wavelength subset {λi(7), λi(8)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-D11; « λi(k4) » is indicated where k4  {7, 8} and can be ordered and indicated « (λi(7), λi(8)) »

711. VI.F.2.D - Application of the Method to an electronic communications network with a SICOSF system in which the CELLij photonic cell matrix has columns « m » and rows «n» where «m = 2» and «n = 1'.

712. Background: Drawings FIG.228 to FIG.234 • SICOSF system has two cells CELL11 and CELL21 and we will limit ourselves to the case ns = 8 and nλ = 8 and to the case ns = 8 and nλ = 16.

713. Case ns = 8 and nλ = 8 or nλ = 16: Extractions and assignment of wavelength subsets to the « 8 » pseudo-satellites PSAT-A11, PSAT-B11, PSAT-C11, PSAT-D11 and PSAT-A21 , PSAT-B21, PSAT-C21, PSAT-D21

714. The necessary condition nλ ≥ ns is verified.

715. If nλ = 8 and ns = 8 => q = 1 :

716. Let "i" be any one of the "8! » bijections of the set of wavelengths L = {λl, ..., λ8} on itself and i (L) = (λi(1), ..., λi(8) its image.

• number of permutations of wavelengths « 8 » is equal to « 8 ! = 40320 » and the number of non-repeating arrays of wavelengths « 8 » from « 1 » to « 1 » is equal to 8! A 18 = =8. ( 8 − 1) !

717. The extraction of the wavelength subsets forming a partition of the set L = {λl, ..., λ8} is performed as follows:

718. The subsets « ns = 8 » of the wavelengths are chosen so that each of them has « q = 1 » as an element, then :

719. The wavelength « λi(k1) » where k1 = 1, i.e. « λi(1) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-A11.

720. The wavelength « λi(k2) » where k2 = 2, i.e. « λi(2) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B11.

721. The wavelength « λi(k3) » where k3 = 3, i.e. « λi(3) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-A21.

722. The wavelength « λi(k4) » where k4 = 4, i.e. « λi(4) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B21.

723. The wavelength « λi(k5) » where k5 = 5, i.e. « λi(5) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-D11.

724. The wavelength « λi(k6) » where k6 = 6, i.e. « λi(6) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-C11.

725. The wavelength « λi(k7) » where k7 = 7, ie « λi(7) », on the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-D21.

726. The wavelength « λi(k8) » where k8 = 8, i.e. « λi(8) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-C21.

727. If nλ = 16 and ns = 8 => q = 2 :

728. Let «i» be any of the jewels «16! » That « i » is a bijection of the set of wavelengths L = {λl, ..., λ16} on itself and i (L) = (λi(1), ..., λi(16)) its image .

• number of permutations of the wavelengths of « 16 » is equal to « 16 ! = 20 922 789 888 x 103 » and the number of non-repeating arrays of wavelengths « 16 » from « 2 » to « 2 » is equal to 16! a A 16 = = 240 . 2 (16 − 2 ) !

729. The extraction of the wavelength subsets that form a partition of the set L = {λl, ..., λ16} is performed as follows:

730. The subsets « ns = 8 » of the wavelengths are chosen so that each has « q = 2 » elements, then :

731. The subset of wavelengths {λi(1), λi(2)} in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-A11; « λi(k1) » is indicated where k1  {1, 2} and can be ordered and indicated « (λi(1), λi(2)) ».

732. The subset of wavelengths {λi(3), λi(4)} in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B11; « λi(k2) » is indicated where k2  {3, 4} and can be ordered and indicated « (λi(3), λi(4)) ».

733. The wavelength subset {λi(5), λi(6)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-A21; is designated « λi(k3) » where k3  {5, 6} and can be ordered and designated « (λi(5), λi(6)) ».

734. The wavelength subset {λi(7), λi(8)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B21; « λi(k4) » is indicated where k4  {7, 8} and can be ordered and indicated «(λi(7), λi(8)) ».

735. The wavelength subset {λi(9), λi(10)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-D11; is designated « λi(k5) » where k5  {9, 10} and can be ordered and designated « (λi(9), λi(10)) ».

736. The wavelength subset {λi(11), λi(12)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-C11; « λi(k6) » where k6  {11, 12} is displayed and can be ordered and displayed «(λi(11), λi(12)) ».

737. The wavelength subset {λi(13), λi(14)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-D21; is designated « λi(k7)» where k7  {13, 14} and can be ordered and designated « (λi(13), λi(14)) ».

738. The wavelength subset {λi(15), λi(16)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-C21; « λi(k8) » is indicated where k8  {15, 16} and can be ordered and indicated « (λi(15), λi(16)) ».

739. VI.F.2.E - Application of the Method to an electronic communications network with a SICOSF system in which the CELLij photonic cell matrix has columns « m » and rows « n» where « m = 2 » and « n = 2 ».

740. Background: Drawings FIG.235 to FIG.241 • SICOSF system has four cells CELL11, CELL21, CELL12, CELL22 and we will limit ourselves to the case ns = 16 and nλ = 16 and the case ns = 16 and nλ = 32 .

741. Case ns = 16 and nλ = 16 or nλ = 32: Extractions and assignment of wavelength subsets to the « 16 » pseudo-satellites PSAT-A11, PSAT-B11, PSAT-C11, PSAT-D11 and PSAT-A21 , PSAT-B21, PSAT-C21, PSAT-D21 and PSAT-A12, PSAT-B12, PSAT-C12, PSAT-D12 and PSAT-A22, PSAT-B22, PSAT-C22, PSAT-D22

742. The necessary condition nλ ≥ ns is verified.

743. If nλ = 16 and ns = 16 = > q = 1 :

744. Let «i» be any of the jewels «16! » bijections of the set of wavelengths L = {λl, ..., λ16} on itself and i (L) = (λi(1), ..., λi(16) its image.

• number of permutations of the wavelengths of « 16 » is equal to « 16 ! = 20 922 789 888 x 103 » and the number of non-repeating arrays of wavelengths «16» from «1» to «1» is equal to 16! A 116 = = 16 . (16 − 1) !

745. The extraction of the wavelength subsets that form a partition of the set L = {λl, ..., λ16} is performed as follows:

746. The subsets « ns = 16 » of the wavelengths are chosen so that each of them has « q = 1 » as an element, then :

747. The wavelength « λi(k1) » where k1 = 1, i.e. « λi(1) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-A11.

748. The wavelength "λi(k2)" where k2 = 2, i.e. "λi(2)", on the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B11.

749. The wavelength « λi(k3) » where k3 = 3, i.e. « λi(3) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-A21.

750. The wavelength « λi(k4) » where k4 = 4, i.e. « λi(4) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B21.

751. The wavelength « λi(k5) » where k5 = 5, i.e. « λi(5) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-D11.

752. The wavelength « λi(k1) » where k6 = 6, i.e. « λi(6) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-C11.

753. The wavelength « λi(k6) » where k7 = 7, ie « λi(7) », on the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-D21.

754. The wavelength « λi(k7) » where k8 = 8, i.e. « λi(8) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-C21.

755. The wavelength « λi(k8) » where k9 = 9, ie « λi(9) », on the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-A12.

756. The wavelength « λi(k9) » where k10 = 10, ie « λi(10) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B12.

757. The wavelength "λi(k10)" where k11 = 11, i.e. "λi(11)", on the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-A22.

758. The wavelength « λi(k11) » where k12 = 12, ie « λi(12) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B22.

759. The wavelength « λi(k12) » where k13 = 13, ie « λi(13) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-D12.

760. The wavelength « λi(k13) » where k14 = 14, ie « λi(14) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-C12.

761. The wavelength « λi(k14) » where k15 = 15, ie « λi(15) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-D22.

762. The wavelength « λi(k15) » where k16 = 16, ie « λi(16) », in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-C22.

763. If nλ = 32 and ns = 16 => q = 2 :

764. Let «i» be any of the jewels «32! » That « i » is a bijection of the set of wavelengths L = {λl, ..., λ32} on itself and i (L) = (λi(1), ..., λi(32)) its image .

• number of wavelength permutations of « 32 » is equal to « 32 ! = 2.6313083693369 x 1035 » and the number of non-repeating arrays of « 32 » wavelengths from «2» to «2» is equal to 32! 2 to 32 = = 992 . ( 32 − 2 ) !

765. The extraction of the wavelength subsets that form a partition of the set L = {λl, ..., λ32} is performed as follows:

766. The subsets « ns = 16 » of the wavelengths are chosen so that each has « q = 2 » elements, then :

767. The subset of wavelengths {λi(1), λi(2)} in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-A11; « λi(k1) » is indicated where k1  {1, 2} and can be ordered and indicated « (λi(1), λi(2)) ».

768. The wavelength subset {λi(3), λi(4)} in the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B11; « λi(k2) » is indicated where k2  {3, 4} and can be ordered and indicated « (λi(3, λi(4)) ».

769. The wavelength subset {λi(5), λi(6)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-A21; is designated « λi(k3) » where k3  {5, 6} and can be ordered and designated « (λi(5), λi(6)) ».

770. The wavelength subset {λi(7), λi(8)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B21; « λi(k4) » is indicated where k4  {7, 8} and can be ordered and indicated «(λi(7), λi(8)) ».

771. The wavelength subset {λi(9), λi(10)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-D11; is designated « λi(k5) » where k5  {9, 10} and can be ordered and designated « (λi(9), λi(10)) ».

772. The wavelength subset {λi(11), λi(12)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-C11; « λi(k6) » where k6  {11, 12} is displayed and can be ordered and displayed «(λi(11), λi(12)) ».

773. The wavelength subset {λi(13), λi(14)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-D21; is designated « λi(k7) » where k7  {13, 14}

and can be ordered and designated «(λi(13, λi(14)) ».

774. The wavelength subset {λi(15), λi(16)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-C21; « λi(k8) » is displayed where k8  {15, 16} and can be ordered and displayed «(λi(15), λi(16)) ».

775. The wavelength subset {λi(17), λi(18)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-A12; is annotated « λi(k9) » where k9  {17, 18} and can be ordered and annotated « (λi(17), λi(18)) ».

776. The wavelength subset {λi(19), λi(20)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B12; is designated « λi(k10) » where k10  {19, 20} and can be ordered and designated « (λi(19), λi(20)) ».

777. The wavelength subset {λi(21), λi(22)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-A22; is annotated « λi(k11) » where k11  {21, 22} and can be ordered and annotated « (λi(21), λi(22)) ».

778. The wavelength subset {λi(23), λi(24)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-B22; is annotated « λi(k12) » where k12  {23, 24} and can be ordered and annotated « (λi(23, λi(24)) ».

779. The wavelength subset {λi(25), λi(26)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-D12; is annotated « λi(k13) » where k13  {25, 26} and can be ordered and annotated « (λi(25), λi(26)) ».

780. The wavelength subset {λi(27), λi(28)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-C12; is annotated « λi(k14) » where k14  {27, 28} and can be ordered and annotated « (λi(27), λi(28)) ».

781. The wavelength subset {λi(29), λi(30)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-D22; is annotated « λi(k15) » where k15  {29, 30} and can be ordered and annotated « (λi(29), λi(30)) ».

782. The wavelength subset {λi(31), λi(32)} to the pseudo-photonic satellite PSAT-C22; is annotated « λi(k16) » where k16  {31, 32} and can be ordered and annotated « (λi(31), λi(32)) ».

783. VI.F.2.F - Application of the Method to an electronic communications network with a SICOSF system with a matrix of photonic cells CELLij with columns « m » and rows « n » where « m = 2 » and « n = 4 ».

784. Background: Drawings FIG.242 to FIG.243 • SICOSF system is composed of eight cells CELL11, CELL21, CELL12, CELL22 and CELL13, CELL23, CELL14, CELL24. These “8” cells each have “4” photonic pseudo-satellites, making a total of “32” photonic pseudo-satellites for the SICOSF system.

785. Application of the Method

786. It is sufficient to consider such a SICOSF system as a juxtaposition of two identical SICOSF subsystems, each with columns «m = 2» and «n = 2» rows, and assign to each of the SICOSF subsystems «2 » a set of lengths waveform according to the method developed above in section VI.F.2..E. In other words, it is sufficient to consider cells CELL11 and CELL21, CELL12 and CELL22 as belonging to one of the aforementioned SICOSF subsystems and cells CELL13 and CELL23, CELL14 and CELL24 to the other; the photonic pseudosatellites of the CELL11 and CELL13 cells will have the same wavelengths; the photonic pseudosatellites of cells CELL21 and CELL23 will have the same wavelengths; the photonic pseudosatellites of the CELL12 and CELL14 cells will have the same wavelengths; the photonic pseudo-satellites of the CELL22 and CELL24 cells will have the same wavelengths.

787. VI.F.3 - CONCLUSIONS

788. With the present method, whatever the number 'm ≥ 2' of the columns and the number 'n ≥ 2' of the rows of any SICOSF system is, it is decomposed into a juxtaposition of several SICOSF subsystems, each with cells distributed by «2» columns and «2» rows, as above in section VI.F.2.F; later :

789. It suffices to use “16” different wavelengths if you want, for example, to have bidirectional communications by optical radiation of the same wavelength, without interference between the pseudo-photonic satellites of different cells and with the possibility of a jump in wavelength. wave, for all pseudo-photonic satellites of the SICOSF system, by permutations whose number is equal to « 16 ! = 20 922 789 888 x 103 ». For each photonic pseudo-satellite, the number of unrepeated arrays of 16! wavelengths «16» from «1» to «1» is equal to A 16 = = 16 . 1 (16 − 1) !

790. It is sufficient to use «2 x 16 = 32» different wavelengths if you want, for example, to have bidirectional communications by optical radiation with «2» different wavelengths, without interference between the photonic pseudo-satellites of different cells and with wavelength hopping possibilities, for all photonic pseudo-satellites of the SICOSF system, by permutations whose number is equal to « 32 ! = 2.6313083693369 x 1035 ». For each photonic pseudo-satellite, the number of non-repeating arrays of wavelengths «32» of «2» 32! a «2» is equal to A 32 = = 992 . 2 ( 32 − 2 ) !

791. As a generalization, it is sufficient to use different '16p' wavelengths if you want, for example, to have bidirectional communications by optical radiation with different 'p' wavelengths, without interference between the pseudo-photonic satellites of different cells and with wavelength hopping possibilities, for all pseudo-photonic satellites of the SICOSF system, by permutations whose number is equal to «(16p)! ». For each photonic pseudo-satellite, the number of non-repeating arrays of wavelengths «16p» from «p» to «p» is equal to (16 p )! (16p)! At 16p p = = . (16 p − p ) ! (15p)!

Claims (1)

793. VII - IMPORTANT SETTINGS reminders, TERMINOLOGY AND NOTATIONS RELATING TO DESCRIPTION AND 794. Cylinder in an affine space: In an affine space E of 3 governing vector space ℝ , a part S is said to be a cylindrical surface, or, simply a cylinder, if there is a frame of reference R 0 = (O, i , j , k ) of E and a differentiable numerical function f, defined on a 2 gap of ℝ , so that S is the set of points A belonging to E whose coordinates (x, y, z) with respect to R 0 = (O, i , j , k ) verify the equation f (x, y) = 0. 795. Cylinder in descriptive geometry: a cylindrical surface or simply a cylinder is the union of straight lines parallel to a given direction δ and passing through a plane curve C not coplanar with the straight line δ ; the plane curve C is called the guideline and the straight line δ is called the generatrix (such a definition has been famously known since at least the 19th century; see books on descriptive geometry, including among the oldest: Adrien Javary, Traité de géométrie descriptive , 1881 : Cones et cylindres, sphère et surfaces du second degré / ISBN-10 : 2013612923 ; 307.Definition, 327.Theorem; 334.Theorem). 796. Cylindrical segment without the notion of affine space: A cylindrical segment is that part of space located within a cylindrical surface of the generating line δ and located between two parallel planes P1 and P2 not coincident and not parallel to the line δ ; A straight cylindrical segment is a cylindrical segment where planes P1 and P2 are orthogonal to the generating line δ; Very important consequences for the claims: Prisms, cubes and other parallelepipeds are segments of cylinders whose directions are, respectively, any convex polygons, squares and rectangles; a cylinder in the current direction is a straight cylinder segment whose directive is a circle and whose generatrix is a straight line orthogonal to the plane containing that circle; a cylinder in the current direction is therefore a cylinder segment of circular cross section, called a circular cylinder segment or a cylinder segment of revolution. 797. Cone in descriptive geometry: A conical surface or simply a cone is the union of half-lines originating from a point O and passing through a closed curve C ; the closed curve C is called the guideline and any half-line originating from point O and passing through a point belonging to the guideline is called the generatrix ; Very important consequences for the claims: A pyramid is a cone whose guideline is a convex polygon. 798. Segment or frustum of a cone without the notion of affine space: A segment or frustum of a cone is the part of space bounded by the part of the surface of a cone of the generating line δ included between two parallel planes P1 and P2 that are not fused and are not parallel to the δ line. 799. Solid angle : Let O be a point in space and S a surface whose contour is a closed curve C , the cone of the vertex O and the guideline C is called the solid angle Ω of the vertex O passing through the contour of the surface S . A solid angle Ω of vertex O passing through the contour of the surface S is also called a solid angle Ω under which we see the surface S from a point O. 800. Measure of a solid angle : The measure, expressed in sterradians, of a solid angle Ω under which we see from a point O a surface S bounded by a closed curve C , is the area of the part of the surface Δ of a sphere of center O and radius unit bounded by the intersection of the sphere with the cone of the vertex O and the guideline C . 801. Angle of two non-parallel half-planes: The angle a of two non-parallel half-planes P1 and P2 of a line Δ is the angle formed in a plane orthogonal to the line Δ, by two lines D1 and D2 respectively the intersections of the means -P1 and P2 planes with plane p. 802. Hemispherical, dome, dome spindle and spindle length: 803. A hemispherical spindle FH with center O, radius R and vertex S is the part of space located within a hemisphere with center O, radius R and vertex S and bounded by two half-planes P1 and P2 from the straight line that passes through points O and S ; the axis of the hemispherical spindle F H is the OS in a straight line passing through its center O and vertex S ; the length aLNG of the hemispherical spindle F H is the angle of the two half-planes P1 and P2. 804. A dome of revolution is the surface generated by revolution, about an axis Δ, of a plane curve C delimiting a convex surface and where, on the one hand, curve C is composed of two straight line segments OA and OB of the same. origin O, perpendicular at O and whose two ends A and B are connected by an arc and/or a succession of straight line segments and, on the other hand, the straight line segment OA or OB belongs to the Δ axis; a convex flat surface being, by definition, a flat surface such that if any two points are included on that surface, then the line segment they form is included on said surface. 805. A dome spindle F D is that part of the space within a dome of revolution and bounded by two half-planes P1 and P2 from the axis of revolution of the dome; the longitude aLNG of the dome spindle F D is the angle of the two half-planes P1 and P2. 806. A hemispherical spindle is a special case of a dome spindle where the arc, connecting points A and B of the plane curve C , is a quarter of a circle. 807. A meridian plane of a dome spindle is a semi-plane originating from the axis of the dome spindle and lying between the two semi-planes P1 and P2. 808. The solid angle ΩD of a dome spindle F D is the solid angle whose vertex is the center O of F D and passes through the contour of the surface of revolution of F D. 809. Notable property: The measurement expressed in radians of the longitude aLNG OF a dome spindle FD with center O is equal to the measurement expressed in sterradians of the solid angle ΩD of the dome spindle FD. 810. Interior angles of a convex polygon : The sum of the interior angles of a convex polygon with n sides is equal to p(n - 2). 811. Instantaneous T and affine spatial time: In classical mechanics, time is mathematically schematized by an affine space to drive the vector space ℝ, oriented and provided with a duration unit; this affine space is called affine spacetime and its points are called instants and annotated T. 812. Solid angle of emission/scattering of a radiation source: The solid angle of emission/scattering of an optical radiation source placed at a point O, with small dimensions in relation to the observation distance, is the vertex cone O whose half-lines of origin O passing through a point located inside the cone have an optical radiation power emitted/dispersion per solid angle unit greater than a previously defined threshold value. 813. Main axis or direction of emission/crushing of a solid emission/crushing angle of a radiation source: The main axis Δt of emission/scattering of the solid angle of emission/scattering of vertex O of an optical radiation source placed at O, with small dimensions in relation to the observation distance, is a half line between the half lines of origin O passing through a point within the solid angle, for which the optical radiation power emitted per solid angle unit is maximum. 814. Solid angle of reception of a radiation receiver: The solid angle of reception of an optical radiation receiver placed at a point O, with small dimensions in relation to the observation distance, is the apex cone O whose half-lines of origin O passing through a point situated inside the cone are such that the electrical intensity resulting from the conversion into electrical magnitude of the optical radiation received through the receiver per solid angle unit is greater than a previously defined threshold value; the source of optical radiation received through the receiver being a reference source whose location and orientation depend on the half line under consideration, that is, it is placed at the intersection of the half line with a sphere with center O and radius R and oriented radially to the center O. 815. Main axis or direction of reception of a solid angle of reception of an optical radiation receiver: The main axis Δr of the solid angle of reception of the vertex O of an optical radiation receiver placed at a point O, with small dimensions in relation at observation distance, is a half-line between the half-lines of origin O passing through a point within the solid angle for which the electrical intensity resulting from the conversion to electrical magnitude through the receiver of optical radiation received per solid angle unit is maximum 816. Expressions and equivalent words: 817. «Index» and «Numbering Index»; « Array » and « Matrix » ; « In Use », « In Service », and « Active » ; « Substrate », « Frame », and « Capsule » ; 818. « Broadcast Board », « Primary Broadcasting / Broadcast Board » and « Broadcast Board Primary » ; « Reception Board » and « Primary Reception Board »; 819. «Elementary Photonic Wireless Optical Signal Transmission Module» and «Photonic Wireless Optical Transmission Antenna» ; « Elementary Photonic Wireless Optical Signal Receiving Module » and « Photonic Wireless Optical Receiving Antenna » ; « Multi-wavelength photonic wireless optical signal transmission and reception module » and « Multi-wavelength wireless photonic transmit and receive antenna assembly ». 820. « TAEBD device », « TAEBDx device », « TAEBD[x] device », « TAEBDz device » and « TAEBD[z] device » ; knowing that in general the subscripts « x » and « z » are used to number the devices in a context where one seeks to differentiate them; in a triplet search context "i, j, k", generally "TAEBD[x]" designates the device "Master" and "TAEBD[z]" designates the device "Slave" in a network of type "Master/ Slave ». 821. Words and expressions in italics: When in any claim a word or expression is in italics, this means that its definition is uniquely as specified above and not its usual definition due to ambiguity: For example, the word "cylinder" is spelled " cylinder" because in its usual sense designates only a very special case of cylinder, that is, those whose guideline is a circle ; "solid angle" is written "solid angle" because in its usual sense, as seen in many scientific textbooks and in higher education, it designates an area expressed in Steradians, i. This confusion is due to the fact that two plane angles with the same measure are superpossible, that is, equal, whereas two solid angles with the same measure are not necessarily superpossible. 822. Notes: 823. The product of a real number «A» and a real number «B» is denoted «A x B» instead of «A.B»; 824. Equivalent notations: "« Xj.k » where « j  {1, ..., M}» and « k  {1, ..., N}» and "« X1.k, …, XM .k » where « k  {1, ..., N}»" and "« Xj.1, …, Xj.N » where « j  {1, ..., M}»" ; 825. Equivalent notations: "« Xi » where « i {1, …, L}»" and "« X1, …, XL »" ; 826. Equivalent notations: "« M » « Xk » " and "« X1, …, XM »" ; 827. The relationship between a label in the form of a number greater than five digits and the corresponding figure number is as follows: the last five digits are eliminated to obtain the figure number referred to: for example, the label « 1300200 » is found in Fig.13 (i.e., Fig.1300200) ; the relationship between a label in the form of a number followed by alphanumeric characters and the corresponding figure number is as follows: all alphanumeric characters after the number are excluded; if the number X obtained is such that X < 1000 then the corresponding figure is FIG.X, otherwise the last two characters of the number X are excluded, the number Y obtained is such that Y < 1000 and the corresponding figure is FIG.Y : for example, the label « 3EFROP1 » can be found in figure FIG.3 (ie FIG. 3EFROP1) ; for the tag « 14641D11 », we have X = 14641 > 1000 (ie, 14641D11) and Y = 146 (ie, 14641), so the corresponding figure is FIG.146. 828. Important notes on optical radiation concentrators: 829. The optical radiation concentrators of the present invention are only non-image concentrators, i.e. "No Image Concentrators", including those of the type "Dielectric Totally Internally Reflecting Concentrator", acronym "DTIRC", or of the type "Compound Parabolic Concentrator". , acronym « CPC », or another type of performance level at least equivalent to one of the latter. 830. Designations such as «acceptance angle», «acceptance angle» and «exit opening / exit opening» characterizing non-image concentrators in the field of solar energy are replaced in the present invention by the designations «solid reception angle», « receiving surface » and « output surface » ; - any solid receive angle has a preferred receive direction called the «main receive direction»; - a solid reception angle and its main reception direction are usually noted « ΩR » and « ΔR » respectively. 831. Mathematical demonstration of the existence of a preferential reception direction for an optical radiation concentrator without DTIRC, DCPC or other images: 832. For any solid angle of reception of an imageless optical radiation concentrator, there is an axis for which the intensity of the electric current resulting from the conversion by a photodetector of the optical radiation energy intensity (W/sr) received through that concentrator is maximum; the man of art knows how to demonstrate this mathematically, for example by proceeding as follows. Let Concen be an optical radiation concentrator, of the DTIRC, DCPC (ie dielectric CPC) or other type, whose output aperture (d1) through from which the concentrated optical radiation emerges is placed at a point O in physical space and comprises a photodiode designed to convert the optical radiation concentrated by the said concentrator into an electrical current; an optical radiation source (standard DEL/LED, laser or other) is also placed in said physical space; that E Δr is the set of half lines Δrx of space having as origin point O ; that I(Δrx) is the intensity of the electric current resulting from the conversion by said photodiode of the energy intensity of optical radiation (W/sr) received through the Concen concentrator in the direction of a half-line Δrx; that D = {I(Δrx) où Δrx  E Δr}, the set of intensities of the electric current I(Δrx). 833. So, we have the following three properties: - (i) the set E Δr is an infinite set; - (ii) the set D is a subset of ℝ+ since any intensity I(Δrx) is never negative due to this photodiode ; - (iii) D is an increased subset because the energy intensity of the optical radiation received through the Concen concentrator is a finite number, since this optical radiation comes from a source (standard DEL/LED, laser or others) whose energy intensity of the The optical radiation it generates is a finite number, since the total power of the optical radiation it can generate cannot be infinite (thus increased). Knowing that « any major part of the set ℝ admits an upper limit » (theorem), then there is a half-line ΔrMax E Δr for which I(ΔrMax) is maximum, that is, I(ΔrMax) = Sup(D ) ; therefore, the ΔrMax half line is a privileged half line. 834. By definition, in the present description of the invention and the novel claims Nos. 1-53, the half line ΔrMax is referred to as the « main receive direction ».